MT5000/4000系列与控制器连接说明 HMI And PLC Connecting Guide

User Manual:

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 427 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

MT5000/4000 Series HMI and PLC connecting guide

To be the partner of your success

CONTENTS

MT5000/4000 SERIES HMI AND PLC CONNECTING GUIDE....................................................... - 1 -

1 SERIAL COMMUNICATION PIN DEFINITION............................................................................................- 1 -

2 PRINTER CONNECTING CABLE DIAGRAM .............................................................................................- 3 -

2.1 Serial Interface Printer Cable ....................................................................................................... - 3 -

2.2 Recommend Optional printer ....................................................................................................... - 5 -

3 DOWNLOAD CABLE DIAGRAM..............................................................................................................- 6 -

3.1 Download by Serial Port .............................................................................................................. - 6 -

3.2 Download by USB ....................................................................................................................... - 6 -

3.3 Download by Network Ethernet................................................................................................... - 6 -

4 COMMUNICATION SETTINGS AND GUIDE OF HMI CONNECTING WITH CONTROLLER ............................- 8 -

4.1 ABB Corporation.......................................................................................................................... - 8 -

4.2 Allen-Bradley ............................................................................................................................. - 12 -

4.3 ACS-Tech80 Motion Controller ................................................................................................. - 24 -

4.4 ADAM........................................................................................................................................ - 26 -

4.5 AysjNet....................................................................................................................................... - 28 -

4.6 BACnet....................................................................................................................................... - 29 -

4.7 Baldor NextMove ES (Motion Controller)................................................................................. - 36 -

4.8 Barcode ...................................................................................................................................... - 38 -

4.9 Baumuller................................................................................................................................... - 39 -

4.10 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+ (Inverter)............................................................................................ - 40 -

4.11 Bosch Rexroth .......................................................................................................................... - 42 -

4.12 Bosch Rexroth Ethernet............................................................................................................ - 50 -

4.13 CANOpen Node Slave ............................................................................................................. - 56 -

4.14 Cimon....................................................................................................................................... - 62 -

4.15 Danfoss Inverter ....................................................................................................................... - 64 -

4.16 Delta Corporation..................................................................................................................... - 70 -

4.17 Delta (Temperature Controller) ................................................................................................ - 76 -

4.18 ENDA....................................................................................................................................... - 83 -

4.19 Emerson NetWork Power......................................................................................................... - 84 -

4.20 Epower ..................................................................................................................................... - 89 -

4.21 Fatek Corporation..................................................................................................................... - 91 -

4.22 Fuji SPB ................................................................................................................................... - 96 -

4.23 GE Fanuc Automation Inc........................................................................................................ - 98 -

4.24 HAIWELL.............................................................................................................................. - 108 -

4.25 HanG ...................................................................................................................................... - 109 -

4.26 Hitachi Inverter .......................................................................................................................- 111 -

4.27 Hitachi IES Co., Ltd............................................................................................................... - 112 -

4.28 Hollysys Corporation ............................................................................................................. - 120 -

4.29 HuaDA HD-JZ06.................................................................................................................... - 122 -

4.30 IDEC Corporation .................................................................................................................. - 124 -

4.31 Inovance Electric Corporation................................................................................................ - 126 -

To be the partner of your success

4.32 Invt ......................................................................................................................................... - 134 -

4.33 KDN Corporation................................................................................................................... - 137 -

4.34 Kinco Corporation.................................................................................................................. - 139 -

4.35 Kinco Inverter ........................................................................................................................ - 141 -

4.36 Kinco EB-MOD2P-01(Kinco Bus Bridge) ............................................................................ - 144 -

4.37 Kinco Servo Series ................................................................................................................. - 150 -

4.38 Kinco Master & Kinco Slave(Master/Slave Protocol Connection)........................................ - 153 -

4.39 Keyence Corporation.............................................................................................................. - 154 -

4.40 Koyo Corporation................................................................................................................... - 160 -

4.41 KTC Srdlink ........................................................................................................................... - 164 -

4.42 KYL Slave.............................................................................................................................. - 166 -

4.43 LENZE Inverter...................................................................................................................... - 168 -

4.44 LS Industrial Systems（LG）............................................................................................... - 170 -

4.45 LUST...................................................................................................................................... - 198 -

4.46 Memory map .......................................................................................................................... - 204 -

4.47 MEGMEET ............................................................................................................................ - 205 -

4.48 Mikom .................................................................................................................................... - 209 -

4.49 Millenium3............................................................................................................................. - 211 -

4.50 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation ............................................................................................. - 213 -

4.51 MKS controller....................................................................................................................... - 247 -

4.52 Modbus................................................................................................................................... - 249 -

4.53 MODROL............................................................................................................................... - 255 -

4.54 OE MAX ................................................................................................................................ - 257 -

4.55 Omron Corporation ................................................................................................................ - 258 -

4.56 OMRON E5EZ-R3(Temperature Controller)......................................................................... - 276 -

4.57 OPTO 22 ................................................................................................................................ - 278 -

4.58 Panasonic Electric Corporation .............................................................................................. - 281 -

4.59 Parker Automation（Servo Controller）............................................................................... - 290 -

4.60 PMAC Motion Controller ...................................................................................................... - 297 -

4.61 Power-one AURORA Wind Inverter ...................................................................................... - 299 -

4.62 Profibus DP Slave .................................................................................................................. - 301 -

4.63 RF-IC (Card Reader).............................................................................................................. - 305 -

4.64 RKC Instrument INC. ............................................................................................................ - 306 -

4.65 Saia-Burgess........................................................................................................................... - 309 -

4.66 Sailsors D9 (Temperature Controller) .................................................................................... - 311 -

4.67 Schneider Electric, Ltd. .......................................................................................................... - 312 -

4.68 SHIMADEN........................................................................................................................... - 321 -

4.69 SIEMENS............................................................................................................................... - 327 -

4.70 SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5...................................................................................................... - 358 -

4.71 Sinocon Sc1n.......................................................................................................................... - 359 -

4.72 TAIAN.................................................................................................................................... - 361 -

4.73 TMCM.................................................................................................................................... - 363 -

4.74 Toledo DLoadCell .................................................................................................................. - 368 -

4.75 Toshiba ................................................................................................................................... - 369 -

To be the partner of your success

4.76 Trio motion controller ............................................................................................................ - 373 -

4.77 Unitronics............................................................................................................................... - 378 -

4.78 Universal ASCII Slave ........................................................................................................... - 382 -

4.79 Vigor Corporation................................................................................................................... - 383 -

4.80 XINJE Controller ................................................................................................................... - 386 -

4.81 XiLin Inverter......................................................................................................................... - 391 -

4.82 Yamatake Corporation............................................................................................................ - 392 -

4.83 Yaskawa Electric Corporation ................................................................................................ - 397 -

4.84 Yokogawa Electric Corporation ............................................................................................. - 408 -

4.85 YuDian AI............................................................................................................................... - 414 -

4.86 ZiGuang Ethernet ................................................................................................................... - 419 -

4.87 ZHIMEI CB920X................................................................................................................... - 422 -

1 Serial Communication Pin definition

- 1 -

MT5000/4000 Series HMI and PLC connecting guide

1 Serial Communication Pin definition

- Serial port COM0

COM0 is a 9-pin D-Sub male port, this port supports RS-232C/RS-485/RS-422A communication, the pin

definition as follows：

Function

Pin Signal RS-232C RS-485 RS-422A

1 RX-(B) -- RS485B Receive data

2 RXD Receive data -- --

3 TXD Transmit data -- --

4 TX- -- -- Transmit data

5 SG Signal ground

6 RX+(A) -- RS485A Receive data

7 NC -- -- --

8 NC -- -- --

9 TX+ -- -- Transmit data

- Serial port COM1

COM1 is a 9-pin D-Sub female port, this port supports RS-232C/RS-485/RS-422A communication, and the

pin definition as follows:

Function

Pin Signal RS-232C RS-485 RS-422A

1 RX-(B) -- RS485B Receive data

2 RXD Receive data -- --

3 TXD Transmit data -- --

4 TX- -- -- Transmit data

5 SG Signal ground

6 RX+(A) -- RS485A Receive data

7 NC Clear transmit -- --

8 NC Request

transmit

-- --

9 TX+ -- -- Transmit data

- Serial port COM2

The COM2 and COM0 use the same physical port, the 9-pin D-Sub male port. This COM port supports the

RS232 communication only. The pin definition as follows:

Function

Pin Signal RS-232C

1 NC --

2 NC --

3 NC --

1 Serial Communication Pin definition

- 2 -

4 NC --

5 SG Signal ground

6 NC --

7 RXD Receive data

8 TXD Transmit data

9 NC --

The COM2 can be used to download and upload HMI program, and connect to PLC via RS232 as

well.COM2.

2 Printer connectiong cable diagram

- 3 -

2 Printer Connecting Cable Diagram

2.1 Serial Interface Printer Cable

2.1.1 Brightek thermal printer

Users choose the protocol of thermal printer according to the dot-matrix of printer.

16 dots: WH-A62R10 protocol

24 dots: WH-A93RG0-00E825 protocol

2.1.2 Serial Interface Printer Cable of Brightek printer

Printer Type Note

WH4008A31-053:

pulling up W1 short

circuit block by RS232

level

WH-A62R10、WH-E461RB01：Support printing of 190 dots width.

Serial port printing

mode via RS232 level,

short circuit as follows:

WH-A52Z20-30E125：Support printing of 240 dots width.

Serial port printing

mode via RS232 level,

short circuit as follows:

WH-A93RG0-00E825、WH-E393R101：support printing of 384 dots width

Serial port printing

mode via RS232 level,

short circuit as follows:

2 Printer connectiong cable diagram

- 4 -

WH-E173R90-00E11720GA：support printing of 192 dots width.

WH-E191RB0-00E1182055：support printing of 576 dots width (24).

Serial port printing

mode via RS232 level

WH-C13RA9-00E82B：support printing of 384 dots width, and with automatic cutting function

Serial port printing

mode via RS232 level,

short circuit as follows:

WH-M073R101

Use the built-in communication line Baud：115200

2.1.3 Siupo Printer cable

a. SP-E40004SK serial printer supports 240 dots width.

2.1.4 MY POS Printer cable

a. MY-POS80K serial printer which supports 240 dots width. 25 pin.

2.1.5 SPRT Printer cable

2 Printer connectiong cable diagram

- 5 -

打印机型号备注

SP-RMDIIIDSH: support printing of 384 dots width

232 level

2.2 Recommend Optional printer

Printer Driver Printer model Interface Print Structure Print format

WH-A52Z20-30E125 serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line

WH-A52Z20-40E125 serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line

WH4008A31-053

WH-E202Z20-50E0022T55 serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line

WH-A62R10-41E725 Serial thermal 192 dots/line

WH-A93RG0-00E725 Serial thermal 192 dots/line

WH-A62R10

WH-E173R90-00E11720GA Serial thermal 192 dots/line

WH-A93RG0-00E825 Serial thermal 384 dots/line WH-A93RG0-00E825

WH-T2AR10-30E82B Serial Thermal POS 384 dots/line

WH-E191RB0-00E1182055 WH-E191RB0-00E1182055 Serial thermal 576 dots/line

WH-E393R101 WH-E393R101-00A00B2TBA Serial thermal

WH-E461RB01 WH-E461RB01-00A00B2UBA Serial thermal

WH-M073R101 WH-M073R101-00E00C20BA USB slave thermal

Siupo SP-M, D, E, F SP-E4004SK Serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line

SP-RMDIIIDSH SP-RMDIIIDSH_S13AS Serial thermal 384 dots/line

MY-POS80K MY-POS80K Serial thermal POS 240 dots/line

HP LaserJet P1108 HP LaserJet P1108 USB slave Laser A4

CANON PIXMA iP4980

CANON IP100

USB slave Ink-jet A4

EPSON ColorioPX-G5300 USB slave Ink-jet A4

Pictbridge

HP 8500A/8500A Plus USB slave Ink-jet A4

3 Download cable diagram

- 6 -

3 Download Cable Diagram

3.1 Download by Serial Port

The COM2 port on the back of the case can be used to connect PLC RS-232 devices and can also be used

to connect with the programming interface and setting interface of a PC.

3.2 Download by USB

3.3 Download by Network Ethernet

Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use Cross-over cable or

cross-ruling.

A. cross-ruling cable diagram:

HMI Ethernet terminal

RJ45 Controller terminal

RJ45

3 RX+ （green,white）

4 BD4+（blue）

5 BD4- （blue,white）

1 TX+ (orange,white)

2 TX- （orange)

3 RX+ (green,white)

6 RX- （green）

1 TX+（orange,white）

4 BD4+ (blue)

5 BD4- (blue,white)

7 BD3+ (brown,white)

8 BD3- （brown）

6 RX- (green) 2 TX- （orange）

7 BD3+ (brown,white)

8 BD3- (brown)

B. cross-over cable diagram:

3 Download cable diagram

- 7 -

HMI Ethernet terminal

RJ45 Ethernet Hub or Switch

RJ45

1 RX+（orange,white）

4 BD4+ （bule）

5 BD4- （bule,white）

2 RX- （orange）

3 TX+ （green,white）

7 BD3（brown,white）

8 BD3- （brown）

6 TX- （green）

1 TX+ (orange,white)

2 TX- ( orange)

3 RX+ (green,white)

4 BD4+ (bule)

5 BD4- (bule,white)

6 RX- (green)

7 BD3+ (brown,white)

8 BD3- (brown)

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 8 -

4 Communication Settings and guide of HMI connecting with Controller

Note：Do not hot plug！

4.1 ABB Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on the CPU unit

ABB AC31 O7KR51-V3.6 RS485 ABB AC31 Modbus RTU

ABB AC500

PM571

PM581

PM591

RS232 on the CPU unit ABB AC500

◎Network Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

ABB AC500 PM583 CPU Direct ABB AC500 Modbus TCP Slave

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

ABB AC31 O7KR51-V3.6 RS485 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the port 1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable

ABB AC500

PM571

PM581

PM591 RS232 on the port 2 RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network Communication Settings

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

ABBCPU PM583 CPU Direct Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Settings

HMI Setting

ABB AC31 Modbus RTU protocol：

Default communication parameters 9600, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1

RS232

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 9 -

RS485-2

ABB AC500 protocol：

Default communication parameters 9600, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1

RS232

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 10 -

PLC Settings

Related parameters settings refer to the communication equipment specifications。

Network Communication parameters Settings

HMI Settings

PLC 设置

IP setting can use control builder plus orpanel setting，specific reference to ABB help。

◎Supported Device

ABB AC31

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Input bit I00.00-624.15 ------ DD.DD

Output bit O00.00-624.15 ------ DD.DD

Internal Relay M(0.0--99.15)U(233.00-255.15) ------ DDD.DD

Link Relay S000.00-624.15 ------ DDD.DD

Input Register ------ IW00.00-624.15 DD.DD

Output Register ------ OW00.00-624.15 DD.DD

Internal Register ------ MW(0.0--99.15)U(233.00-255.15) DDD.DD

Indirect Register ------ KW01.00-624.15 DD.DD

Internal Register

(Double words) ------ MD0.00-624.15 D.DD

Indirect Register

(Double words) ------ KD0.00-624.15 D.DD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 11 -

ABB AC500

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

PLC Register MB0.0—12499.7 ------ DDDD.O

Internal Register ------ MW0.0—3.01695 D.DDDDD

Internal Register (Double words) ------ MD0.0—6.01695 D.DDDDD

Note：

1）Select “MODBUS” mode in the ABB AC500 programming software;

2）If selecting “COM1 MODBUS”, serial communication setting must be “slave” in the 15th

“Operation mode”. Other parameters match the touch-screen.

3）Example: MB address: 0.0.1, please input 0.1 in the HMI.

◎Cable Diagram

ABB AC31 RS232

ABB AC31 RS485-2

ABB AC500 port1 RS232

ABB AC500 port2 RS232

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 12 -

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male Controller com2 terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

2TXD

7RXD

5 GND

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

4.2 Allen-Bradley

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

MicroLogix 1500 (1764-LRP) Channel 1

Channel 0 MicroLogix 1000

MicroLogix 1200

MicroLogix 1500

(1764-LSP,1764-LRP)

AIC+ Advanced

Interface Converter

1761-NET-AIC

Channel 0

MicroLogix

MicroLogix 1400

(1766-L32BWAA) Channel 2

Channel 0

1770-KF3

2760-RB

1775-KA

5130-RM

SLC500

SLC 5/03

SLC 5/04

SLC 5/05

1771-KGM

PLC-5

PLC-5/11

PLC-5/20

PLC-5/30

PLC-5/40

PLC-5/40L

PLC-5/60

PLC-5/60L

Channel 0

AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix

Series(DF1)*1

CompactLogix

1769-L20

1769-L30

1769-L31

1769-L32E

1769-L35E

Channel 0

Channel 1

ControlLogix 1756-L61

1756-L63 CPU Direct

CompactLogix/ControlLogix

Series(DF1)*2

*1 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx500 program software

*2 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx5000 program software

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 13 -

◎Ethernet Communication (Direct Online Simulation disable)

Series CPU Link Module Driver

MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1400 CPU Direct (channel 1)

MicroLogix

MicroLogix 1000

MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1200

MicroLogix 1400

MicroLogix 1500

1761-NET-ENI

SLC5/05 CPU Direct (channel 1)

SLC500 SLC5/03

SLC5/04

SLC5/05

1761-NET-ENI

PLC-5 ALL CPUs that support the link I/F

on the right 1761-NET-ENI

SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix

Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)

1769-L30ER

1769-L32E

1769-L35E

CPU Direct

CompactLogix

All CPUs which support the link I/F

on the right 1761-NET-ENI

CompactLogix/ControlLogix

Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)

*1 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx500 program software

*2 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx5000 program software

◎Serial System Communication

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

1500 (1764-LRP) Channel 1 RS232C Setting Your owner cable

Channel 0

MicroLogix 1000

MicroLogix 1200

MicroLogix 1500

AIC+ Advanced

Interface Converter

1761-NET-AIC

RS232C Setting Your owner cable

Channel 0 Your owner cable

MicroLogix

MicroLogix 1400 Channel 2 RS232C Setting Your owner cable

Channel 0

1770-KF3

2760-RB

1775-KA

5130-RM

SLC500

SLC 5/03

SLC 5/04

SLC 5/05

1771-KGM

RS232C Setting Your owner cable

PLC-5

PLC-5/11

PLC-5/20

PLC-5/30

PLC-5/40

Channel 0 RS232C Setting Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 14 -

PLC-5/40L

PLC-5/60

PLC-5/60L

Channel 0

CompactLogix

1769-L20

1769-L30

1769-L31

1769-L32E

1769-L35E

Channel 1

RS232C Setting Your owner cable

ControlLogix 1756－L61 CPU Direct RS232C Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet System Communication

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1400

CPU Direct

(channel 1)

MicroLogix MicroLogix 1000

MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1200

MicroLogix 1500

1761-NET-ENI

SLC5/05 CPU Direct(channel 1)

SLC500 SLC5/03

SLC5/04

SLC5/05

1761-NET-ENI

PLC-5 ALL CPUs that support

the link I/F on the right 1761-NET-ENI

Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

1769-L30ER

1769-L32E

1769-L35E

CPU Direct

CompactLogix

All CPUs which support

the link I/F on the right

1761-NET-ENI

Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters 19200, 8, none, 1; station No. : 0

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 15 -

PLC Setting

RSLogix500 software setting

NOTE: Driver: DF1 Full Duplex; Error Detection: CRC.

AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters 19200, 8, none, 1; station No. : 0

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 16 -

PLC Setting

RSLogix5000 software setting

NOTE: Protocol: DF1 Point to Point; Error Detection: CRC; Enable Duplicate Detection: Disabled.

（1）Set the communication parameters: Controller properties

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 17 -

NOTE: Define the new device in the RSLogix5000 before using the register in the HMI.

(2) Define Tags and Data type: Select “Controller Tags” right-click”New Tag”, set up tag:

NOTE:

1. The controller registers that HMI needs to visit should be defined in the RSLogix5000 in advance.

2. Controller Tags are suitable for all routines in controller, they are global, so the tag should be built in

Controller Tags

(3) Tag Name and File Number mapping: Select “Logic””Map PLC/SLC Messages”.（Note: the

software should be in offline mode）

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 18 -

Example：

Build a new tag whose name is a, the Data Type is INT:

Note:

1. For the Data Type，the CompactLogix/ControlLogix supports the INT, BOOL, REAL data type only.

2. This driver does not support Multi-dimensional array, so you can define the range of Dim0 only.

3. In this driver, the INT range is 0~254; REAL range is 0~254, and the BOOL range is 0~999.

Besides, build two new tags whose Names are b and c, Data Type are REAL and BOOL.

The BOOL variable address range is 0~1024 in PLC, but this driver only supports 0~999. So the HMI can

only visit the BOOL register from to 999.

After the tags are defined, map the Name to the File Number:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 19 -

Note:

1. The File Number is unique, a same File Number cannot map to different Names

2. The range of File Number in this driver is 0~254.

The HMI mapping addresses are as follows:

Tag Name Data Type Support Range Mapping File

Number

Mapping HMI address

a INT[255] 0~254 0 INT 000000~000254

a BOOL 000.0~254.15 0 N_BOOL 000000.00~000254.15

b REAL[255] 0~254 1 REAL 001000~001254

c BOOL[1024] 0~999 254 B_BOOL 254000~254999

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 20 -

AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

◎Supported Device

AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series(DF1)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Bit data file B3：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD

Bit data file B10：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD

Bit data file B11：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD

Bit data file B12：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD

Bit data file B13：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 21 -

Output data file O0：0.0-255.15 ------ DD.DD

Input data file I1：0.0-255.15 ------ DD.DD

Integer data file ------ N15：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N14：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N13：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N12：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N11：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N10：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N7：0-255 DDD

Floating point data file ------ F8：0-255 DDD

Counter Accumulator Value ------ C5PV：0-255 DDD

Counter Preset Value ------ C5SV：0-255 DDD

Timer Accumulator Value ------ T4PV：0-255 DDD

Timer Preset Value ------ T4SV：0-255 DDD

Note:

The format of I/O address is I/O e.s/b, and the e is slot number, s is variable number and b is bit number.

For example:

The PLC address is O0 0.0/11, mapping address in HMI is O0 0.11;

The PLC address is O0 0.1/8, mapping address in HMI is O0 1.8.

The I/O address in HMI is continuous when different AB CPU use the I/O modules.

Take Micrologix 1400 + output module 1762-OW16 for example, O0 1.3/3 maps the O0 6.3 in HMI.

AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series(DF1)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Integer data file bit level N_BOOL000000.00~254254.15 ------ DDDDDD.DD*1

Bit data file B_BOOL000000~254991 ------ DDDDDD*1

Floating point data file ------ REAL000000~254254 DDDDDD*1

Integer data file ------ INT000000~254254 DDDDDD*1

DInteger data file ------ DINT000000~254254 DDDDDD*1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 22 -

Note:

*1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0

The correct format example as follow: file number is 112, variable address is 87.12, format is 112087.12.

2. Users can define the File Number.

AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Bit data file B13：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD

Bit data file B12：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD

Bit data file B11：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD

Bit data file B10：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD

Bit data file B3：0.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD

Bit data file Bf:n：0.0-255255.15 ------ DDDDDD.DD *1

Output bit data file O0：0.0-255.15 ------ DD.DD

Input bit data file I1：0.0-255.15 ------ DD.DD

Output data file ------ OW0：0-255 DDD

Input data file ------ IW1：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N15：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N14：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N13：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N12：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N11：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N10：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N7：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ Nf:n：0-255255 DDDDDD *1

Floating point data file ------ F8：0-255 DDD

Floating point data file ------ Ff:n：0-255255 DDDDDD *1

Counter Accumulator Value ------ C5PV：0-255 DDD

Counter Preset Value ------ C5SV：0-255 DDD

Timer Accumulator Value ------ T4PV：0-255 DDD

Timer Preset Value ------ T4SV：0-255 DDD

Note:

*1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0

The correct format example as follow:

Bf:n 113087.12, file number is 113, variable address is 87.12, and mapping address in PLC is B113: 87/12;

Ff:n 9002, file number 9, variable address 2, and mapping address in PLC is F9:2.

AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Integer data file bit level N_BOOL000000.00~254255.15 ------ DDDDDD.DD*1

Bit data file B_BOOL000000~254999 ------ DDDDDD*1

Floating point data file ------ REAL000000~254255 DDDDDD*1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 23 -

Integer data file ------ INT000000~254255 DDDDDD*1

DInteger data file ------ DINT000000~254255 DDDDDD*1

NOTE:

1. Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0

The correct format example as follow: file number is 112, variable address is 87.12, format is 112087.12.

2. Users can define the File Number.

◎Cable Diagram

MicroLogix RS232 cable diagram

1. Cable made by AB Corporation

2. Communication module AIC+ (Part No. 1761-NET-AIC) RS232

SLC 5/03 RS232 cable diagram

PLC-5 RS232 cable diagram

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 24 -

CompactLogix/ ControlLogix RS232 cable diagram

Ethernet cable

Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or

cross-ruling.

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.3 ACS-Tech80 Motion Controller

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

SA2103 SB214SA RS232 on the CPU unit ACS-Tech80

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

SA2103 SB214SA RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 25 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Linear Deceleration（LD） ------ LD 0~3 D R/W

Linear Acceleration(LA) ------ LA 0~3 D R/W

Linear Velocity(LV) ------ LV 0~3 D R/W

Next trgt Abs Pos(AP) ------ AP 0~3 D R/W

Next Motion Mode(MM) ------ MM 0~3 D R/W

Functions Avail.(FA.1) ------ FA.1 0~3 D Read Only

Array Offset(AO) ------ AO 0~3 D R/W

Array’s Upper Index(UI) ------ UI 0~3 D R/W

Array’s Low Index(LI) ------ LI 0~3 D R/W

Path Gen.mode(PG) ------ PG 0~3 D R/W

Motor enabled(MO) MO 0~3 ------ D Write Only

CLEAR CLEAR 0 ------ D

RESET RESET 0 ------

B B 0~3 ------

Write Only

Note：R: Readable，W: Writable。

1. LD、LA、LV、AP、MM、FA.1、AO、UI、LI、PG

Main address：Axis parameter number（X、Y、Z、T）

2. MO、B（Operating instructions）

Main address：Axis parameter number（X、Y、Z、T）

3. CLEAR、RESET（Operating instructions）

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 26 -

4.4 ADAM

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

ADAM-4017 RS485 on the CPU unit ADAM-4017

ADAM ADMA-4015 RS485 on the CPU unit ADMA-4015

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

ADAM-4017 RS485on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

ADAM ADMA-4015 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

ADAM-4017 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 255

Note：a. To allow the “Check Code”;

b. Direct online simulation disables.

ADAM-4015 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 27 -

Note: PLC station must match with the ADAM-4015 configuration.

PLC Setting

Connect “INIT” with “GND”, and reset the device, then set the communication of ADMA-4015.

Set OK, then Update.

◎Supported Device

ADAM-4017

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Read Analog Input form Channel N ------ S_Channel 0-65535 DDDDD

Read Analog Input from all Channel ------ A_Channel 0-7 D

Configuration Status ------ Status 0-65535 DDDDD

Enable/disable Channels for Multiplexing ------ M_channel 0-65535 DDDDD

Read Channel Status ------ Channel_Status 0-65535 DDDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 28 -

Read Version ------ Version 0-65535 DDDDD

Read Module Name ------ Name 0-65535 DDDDD

Note：Order code refer to the ADAM-4107 manual

1、 “Data type” of S_Channel and A_Channel is signed integer. Decimal digits is 2 when the power

supply is 500mv or 150mv, other conditions is 3.

2、 “Data type” of other registers is HEXING

3、M_channel（$AA5VV）：At the same time allow multiplexing.

Enter the decimal value in the range of 0 to 255, mapping hexadecimal (00-FF)

255（FF）：0-7 channel show.

127（7F）：0-6 channel show, 7 Channel does not show.

ADAM-4015

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Channel ------ Channel 0-5 D Floating

Note: Channel 0-5 data type is floating.

◎Cable Diagram

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male Controller

RS485 terminal

DATA-

DATA+

1 RX-

6 RX+

com0/com1

4.5 AysjNet

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Compressor Controller KYK3-K RS485 on port AysjNet

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

Compressor

Controller KYK3-K RS485 on port RS485 Setting Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 29 -

◎Communication Setting

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

control CTL （0~5）&128&150 ------ DDD Write only

set ------

SET (0~51)&128 DDD

state ------

STATUS 0.0~17.2 DD.D Read only

◎Cable Diagram

4.6 BACnet

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

BACnet MS/TP VLC-660R

Johnson FC BUS Port on CPU unit BACnet MS/TP

BACnet MS/TP

Extend

ALERTON

VLC-660R Port on CPU unit BACnet MS/TP Extend

◎Ethernet Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 30 -

BACnet IP Ethernet interface on CPU BACnet IP

BACnet IP Slave Ethernet interface on CPU BACnet IP Slave

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

BACnet MS/TP VLC-660R

Johnson FC BUS CPU Direct RS485 Setting Your owner cable

BACnet MS/TP

Extend

ALERTON

VLC-660R

Port on CPU

unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎ Ethernet System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

BACnet IP Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting

BACnet IP Slave Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting

Your owner

cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

BACnet MS/TP protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters 38400, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1

NOTE： MAX Master setting：

Protocol Time Out 2（ms）high three is MAX Master，default 127.

MAC address setting：

Protocol Time Out 2（ms）low three is HMI MAC address，Range is 0-127。And it must be

different from others which one in the token-ring。

PLC MAC address is setting in [PLC Attribute]-[Station No.]，Range is 0~255.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 31 -

PLC Setting

Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter。

BACnet MS/TP Extend Protocol：

HMI Setting

Default communication：38400bps，8，none，1；station：1

Note: 1. Lable one:

a.PLC Communication Time Out:255 stands for HMI’s ID number;

b.005 stands for HMI’s MAC address,Range is 0~127。And it must be different from

others which one in the token-ring。

2. Lable three:

a.Protocol Time Out 2:16 stands for register read and writer priority,range is 1~16;

b.9999 stands for offset address;Range is 0~4194303;

c.PLC’s ID number=Offset address+The setting in [PLC Attribute]-[Station No.];

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 32 -

3. Use this protocol , the hmi must be updated kernel and rootfs by the kinco HMIware

v2.2(build140805) or later.

4. This protocol only support new 4000 series and 5020 series HMI.

PLC Setting

Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter.

◎Network Communication Setting

BACnet IP protocol

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 33 -

NOTE： 1. BACnet controller IP Address；

2. Port ID: 47808, This the standard communication port of BACnet protocol.

3. HMI ID: 8000, If there are more than two HMIs, user must set the different HMI ID for

each HMI.

4. Device ID: 4194302，the ID is the same as the actual device.

5. The protocol time out: 100；register read and writer priority :16 range（1~16）;

6. Use this protocol, the HMI must be update kernel and rootfs by the kinco HMIware v2.2

(build141210) or later.

7. This protocol only supports new 4000 series and 5020 series HMI.

PLC Setting

Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter.

BACnet IP Slave protocol

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 34 -

NOTE： 1. Use this protocol, the HMI must be update kernel and rootfs by the kinco HMIware v2.2

(build150416) or later.

2. This protocol only supports new 4000 series and 5020 series HMI.

PLC Setting

Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter.

◎Supported Device

BACnet MS/TP Protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Binary Input BI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Binary Output BO 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Binary Value BV 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Analog Input ------ AI 0-65535 DDDDD Float

Analog Output ------ AO 0-65535 DDDDD Float

Analog Value ------ AV 0-65535 DDDDD Float

------ MI 0-65535 DDDDD Float

------ MO 0-65535 DDDDD Float

------ MV 0-65535 DDDDD Float

BACnet MS/TP Extend Protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

AI ------ 0-65535 DDDDD Float

AO ------ 0-65535 DDDDD Float

AV ------ 0-65535 DDDDD Float

BI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

BO 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

BV 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

MI ------ 0-65535 DDDDD

MO ------ 0-65535 DDDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 35 -

MV ------ 0-65535 DDDDD

Note 1. AI、AO、AV is float data;

2.This protocol does not support direct online simulation;

3. Bit register transfer is recommended to use a timer to achieve.

BACnet IP Protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Binary Input BI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Binary Output BO 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Binary Value BV 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Analog Input ------ AI 0-65535 DDDDD Float

Analog Output ------ AO 0-65535 DDDDD Float

Analog Value ------ AV 0-65535 DDDDD Float

------ MI 0-65535 DDDDD

------ MO 0-65535 DDDDD

------ MV 0-65535 DDDDD

BACnet IP Slave Protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

BI RB 600.0-600.F ------ DDDDD

BO RB 610.0-610.F ------ DDDDD

BV RB 620.0-620.F ------ DDDDD

AI ------ RW 0-9 DDDDD Float

AO ------ RW 100-109 DDDDD Float

AV ------ RW 200-209 DDDDD Float

MI ------ RW 300-309 DDDDD

MO ------ RW 400-409 DDDDD

MV ------ RW 500-509 DDDDD

1.AI、AO、AV is float data;

2.This protocol does not support direct online simulation;

3. Bit register transfer is recommended to use a timer to achieve.

◎Cable Diagram

RS485-2

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 36 -

Ethernet cable

Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or

cross-ruling.

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.7 Baldor NextMove ES (Motion Controller)

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

NextMove ES NextMove ES RS232 on the CPU unit Baldor NextMove ES

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

NextMove ES NextMove ES RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

Use the guide of the Workbench software

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 37 -

◎Supported Device

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 38 -

（Only data of comms can be monitored, some address greater than or equal to 100 are read only. Please

pay attention to matching the controller software configuration.）

Device Bit Address Word Address（Parameter symbol）Format Notes

Float --------- 1-255 DDD Float Data type

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication cable of HMI connecting to controller

RS232 programming cable（Also can use USB，Power is +5v/±12v）

4.8 Barcode

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

3800LTP-12E

MLJ-MS9590

SYMBOL LS4208-SR200007 ZZR

Barcode

Flashcode LS3042

RS232 Barcode

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link

Module

COMM

Type Parameter Cable

3800LTP-12E

MLJ-MS9590

SYMBOL LS4208-SR200007 ZZR

Barcode

Flashcode LS3042

RS232 RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 39 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Word -------- LW 8900-8999 DDDD

Bit -------- LB 8999 DDDD

NOTE:

1. LW 8900-8999: the character after scanning, text and note book parts can display it.

2. LB 8999: the state of barcode is received or not. LB 8999=1 means the data is received.

◎Cable Diagram

Connect the scanner and the COM port of HMI directly.

4.9 Baumuller

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Baumuller BM4413-ST0-02200-03 RS422 on the CPU unit Baumuller

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

Baumuller BM4413-ST0-02200-03

RS422 on the CPU

unit

RS485 Setting Your owner

cable

◎Communication Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 40 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Bit type DB_BIT0．00-255．F ------ DDD.H

Word type ------ DB0-255 DDD

Example: DB2_BIT address please input 0.F in the EV5000 software.

DB2 address please input 11 in the EV5000 software.

◎Cable Diagram

RS485-4 communication cable

4.10 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+ (Inverter)

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

KVFC+ RS485 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

KVFC+ RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 41 -

◎Communication Setting

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Start/Stop STW0~3

------ D

STW0 open, start.

STW0 close, stop.

STW1 close, positive rotation.

STW1 open, negative rotation.

STW2 REV inching turning.

STW3 FWD inching turning.

Set frequency ------ HSW 0 D

Basic Function Block ------ B 0~41 DD

B16 acceleration time.

B17 deceleration time.

Deviation alarm ------ E 0~41 DD

Programmable control

function array

------ P 0~37 DD

High function array ------ H 0~38 DD

D array ------ D 0~6 D

D0: output power.

D2: running current.

◎Cable Diagram

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 42 -

4.11 Bosch Rexroth

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on the CPU unit

PPC-R PPC-R22.1 13VRS

RS485 on the port

L40 RS232 on the CPU unit

L L20 RS232 on the CPU unit

Bosch Rexroth

IndraDrive C HCS02 RS232 on the CPU unit Bosch Rexroth SIS

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable

PPC-R PPC-R22.1 13VRS

RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable

L L40

L20 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable

Indra

Drive

◎Communication Setting

PPC-R communication setting

RS232 communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station number: 128

RS485 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 43 -

NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.

L40 communication settings

Default communication: 38400, 8, 1, none; Station No.: 2

NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.

L40 Hardware Settings

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 44 -

PLC Setting

PPC-R software setting

PLC connects with PC via crossover ethernet cable. If using cross-connection ethernet cable, you must add

a HUB (we usually use a cross-connection line to access the Internet)

Hardware configuration：

1. Click”scp configurator”--->”scanning ”or” add device”--->”next”, pay attention to the default

controller IP: 192.168.1.1. And set IP 192.168.1.1 in the software (PC and controller must be set up in

the same segment), ping IP address is OK, that configuration is successful. Save and close “scp

configurator”--->”refresh” to see logical devices created in configured logical devices”, double-click to

enter. All configurations will be successful.

2. Open ”indralogic”--->”online/communication parameter”--->”new” and select ”TCP/IP” to

modify “value”, set IP address the same as controller: 192.168.1.1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 45 -

3. “Resource”--->“Global variables”--->declare variable in “HMI”

4. Click “online/login”

L40 software setting

1) The IndraLogic software connect with the Rexroth IndraControl L40 by ethernet cable（test: plc IP

address：192.168.100.103）

Open the IndraLogic software，create a new project：

Click “OK” and pop-up the window as follows:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 46 -

NOTE：Must select Download symbol file

Click “OK” and pop-up the window as follows:

And then edit program：

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 47 -

Input B0 and pop-up the dialog, configurations as follows, click “OK”:

And set up coil：

At the same time, you will find that there automatically generate two variables in the global variable：

Then setting as follows：

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 48 -

Setting communication parameter:

Then click “Login”:

Communicating successfully, you can operate（“Online” menu to select “run” or others）:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 49 -

NOTE：The PLC panel must be set up, press” Enter”, then press” ”, until showed up “ RS232”, and then △

press ”Enter” to enter “COM SERV” interfaces (not SERV, it must change to SERV)

In accordance with the above settings, the serial line access, EV5000 can be communicated with the

Rexroth Controller L40 by serial port.

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

BYTE B0000-9999 ------ DDDD

WORD ------ W0-65535 DDDDD

INT ------ I0-65535 DDDDD

UINT ------ UI0-65535 DDDDD

DWORD ------ DW0-65535 DDDDD

DINT ------ DI0-65535 DDDDD

UDINT ------ UD0-65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

PPC-R RS232 communication cable

PPC-R RS485 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 50 -

L40 communication cable

4.12 Bosch Rexroth Ethernet

◎Network communication (indirect online and direct online simulation disable)

Series CPU Link Module Driver

IndraLogic IndraLogic L40 DPM ETH on the CPU unit Bosch Rexroth Ethernet

IndraMotion MLC IndraControl L25 ETH on the CPU unit Bosch Rexroth L25 Ethernet

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

IndraLogic L40 DPM 02VRS ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable

IndraMotio

n MLC IndraControl L25 ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

L40

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 51 -

PLC Attribute※ (station disable)

Network configuration※（Note: PLC port num. must be set 6042，HMI port num. is optional，default

is 6042. In addition, the screen and plc must be set in the same network segment, the gateway of the screen

is better to set with the actual use of the network gateway .）

NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.

PLC Setting

PLC connect with PC by crossover network cable，if using cross-connection network cable, you must

add a HUB (we usually use a cross-connection line to access the Internet)

1. After L40 equipped with software driver successfully, to set as follows:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 52 -

At this time open “indralogic” -->“online/communication parameter” -->“new” and select “TCP/IP ”

to modify “value”，set IP address the same as controller: 192.168.100.103

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 53 -

2. “Resource”--->“Global variables”--->declare variable in “HMI”

3. Click “online/login”

L25:

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 54 -

PLC Setting

1. Modify the IP in the controller.

2. Declare variable in controller programmer software.

3. Software setting

1）Create new project and select IndraMotion MLC L25（library→driver and control→IndraMotion MLC）,

then drug the selected controller onto the project file.

2）IN Insert IndraMotion MLC L25 properties box, set the Firmware release

（FWA-CML25*-ML*-12V06）and IP address.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 55 -

3）Declare variable

Declare variable UD in [Application]→[PlcProg(PRG)],and declare the variable type.

4) View the Declared variable in [Application]→[UserVarGlobal]

4. Click “online/login”

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

BYTE B0000-9999 ------ DDDD

WORD ------ W0-65535 DDDDD

INT ------ I0-65535 DDDDD

UINT ------ UI0-65535 DDDDD

DWORD ------ DW0-65535 DDDDD

DINT ------ DI0-65535 DDDDD

UDINT ------ UD0-65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 56 -

4.13 CANOpen Node Slave

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

KINCO K4 CAN port on the External Device

Other company devices which support

CANOpen CANOpen port CANOpen Node Slave

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Parameter Cable

KINCO K4 CAN port on the External Device Setting

Other company devices which

support CANOpen CAN port Setting

Your owner

cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

NOTE: Baud Rate and Station No. must be the same as the setting in the controller.

Parameters Setting

1. Predefined PDO mapping parameters

a. Default is “yes”, that is an effective predefined PDO mapping parameters. HMI now use the following

PDO communication parameters and mapping

Receive PDO Mapping Send PDO Mapping

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 57 -

Note: TX_PDO using the event-triggered mode, that is, only when its mapping variable changes, it sends

the PDO.

b. If the "No", the main station or other equipment necessary to configure the PDO communication

parameters and mapping (configure only in the pre-operational status). After configured, you can send a

save command via USB-CAN or controller to save the current configuration (restart still valid).

Command:

2. Enter operational state automatically

a. Default is "yes", that is, HMI enter the operational status (OPERATIONAL) automatically after

power-up, NMT Master is no need to re-send start instructions.

b. If the "No", then HMI enter the pre-operational status (PRE-OPERATIONAL) automatically after

power-up, only when the NMT Master sends start commands, system can entering the operational status

(OPERATIONAL)

Note: PDO is effective only in the operating conditions (OPERATIONAL).

3. Baudrate

CAN port baud rate must be the same as CAN bus.

4. Node ID

HMI in the CAN bus ID, the ID only for the use of CANopen protocol. When using all the PDO

(RX_PDO1 ~ RX_PDO64, TX_PDO1 ~ TX_PDO64), station number can not exceed 7, the bus station

number of other devices also can not exceed 7.

PLC setting

COB-ID DATA

Save the configuration information： 0x600 + NodeID 0x23 0x10 0x10 0x01 0x73 0x61 0x76 0x65

Restore to factory defaults： 0x600 + NodeID 0x23 0x11 0x10 0x01 0x6C 0x6F 0x61 0x64

Into the operating state： 0x00 0x01 NodeID

Into the pre-operational status： 0x00 0x80 NodeID

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 58 -

Note: you can find MT5020.EDS in fieldbus file of EV5000 Installation Directory, or you can download

from www.kinco.cn.

Take MT6000 for example (we use MT6000 HMI to test, and use 3S CODESYS software to download

project)

1. Setup

- Start Menu “3s Software”->“Codesys v2.3”->“installtarget”

- Click “open” choose “StepServoARM.tnf”, and then click “install”.

2. Copy “MT5020.EDS” to “C:\Program Files\Common Files\CAA -Targets\ StepServo\ PlcConf”

3. Configuration setting

a. run codesys software，make a new project

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 59 -

b. configuration setting，right click “PLC configuration” and choose “CanMaster”

c. set Baud Rate

d. choose “CanMaster” right click “Append HMI-MT5020”

e. Node ID: set slave station No.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 60 -

f. in the “Library Manager” we import “3S_CANopenMaster.lib”

g. PDO read and write setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 61 -

h. define Global Variable

i. SDO setting，this step need program

j. load the configuration into the PLC

◎Supported Device

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 62 -

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

————— LW8000~LW8999 DDDD

NOTE: We must make the setting of PD0, SD0 and LW the same as codesys

◎Cable Diagram

4.14 Cimon

◎Serial Communication

◎ System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

PLC-S Cimon

CM3-SP16MDRV

RS232 on the CPU

unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎ Communication Setting

HMI setting

Default parameter：9600bps，8，none，1；station number：0

RS232

Series CPU Link Module Driver

PLC-S Cimon CM3-SP16MDRV RS232 on the CPU unit Cimon CM3-SP16

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 63 -

RS485

◎ Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input X 0.0-63.F ------ DD.F

Output Y 0.0-63.F ------ DD.F

Sub Relay M 0.0-511.F ------ DDD.F

Link Relay L 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.F

Keep Relay K 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.F

Timer T 0-519 ------ DDD

Counter C 0-519

------ DDD

Special Relay F 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Z Register ------ Z 0-1029 DDDD

Timer ------ T 0-519 DDD

Counter ------ C 0-519 DDD

Data Device ------ D 0-9999 DDDD

Sub Relay ------ M 0-511 DDD

Output ------ Y 0-63 DD

Input ------ X 0-63 DD

Keep Relay ------ K 0-255 DDD

Link Relay ------ L 0-255 DDD

Step Control Relay ------ S 0-99 DD

◎ Cable Diagram

RS232

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 64 -

RS485

4.15 Danfoss Inverter

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Danfoss FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit Danfoss

Modbus RTU

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

Danfoss FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

Modbus RTU FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

Danfoss Protocol:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 65 -

Modbus RTU Protocol:

Note：Change the value of 8-30 to 2 on the Danfoss inverter for modbus protocol（Change the value of 8-30

to 0 for the Danfoss Protocol）

Inverter

8-3* FC Port Setting

8-30 protocol

*[0] FC (danfoss protocol)

[2] Modbus (modbus protocol)

8-31 address

1 – 247 * 1 (HMI station No.)

8-32 FC Port Baud Rate

[0] 2400 Baud

[1] 4800 Baud

*[2] 9600 Baud

8-33 FC Port Parity

*[0] even, 1 stop bit

[1] Odd, 1 stop bit

[2] None, 1 stop bit

[3] None, 2 stop bit

Inverter setting

Please refer to the manual of Danfoss inverter for details

◎Supported Device

Danfoss Protocol:

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

EEPROM Register(Double Word) ———— EPD0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD

EEPROM Register ———— EPW0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 66 -

RAM Register(Double Word) ———— RMD0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD

RAM Register ———— RMW0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD

Note：

1. D indicates decimal; the prefix of RMD\RMW\EPD\EPW is address parameter, the suffix is index

number.

2. Mapping of index address (adding radix point if having index address, index value follow radix point.

Otherwise there’s no radix point):

RMW310.1 is to 3-10, please clicking Menu, to find 3-10 to check.

3. If no index, radix point followed by default zero. As follows RMW122 to 1-22:

4. R/W of process word:

1） Address of EPD register is 8000, is for saving input command value of process word;

2） Address of EPD register is 8100, is for saving return value of process word;

3） Input command value and return value can be showed by RW register.

4）Start\Stop, Mapping of reference value to frequency:

Reason: RWD8000 is for inputting control word, it’s not able to input control word by itself, but

via sending RW1, RW0 to RWD8000 by timer.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 67 -

Control word RW1: While RW1=0x47C or 1148, it means start.◆ While RW=0x0F03 or 3843, it

means stop.

Frequency of RW0 mapping : If input 2000 to RW0, frequency is 25HZ, and input 4000, frequency ◆

is 50HZ, and so on.

Timer, send value of RW1 and RW0 to RWD8000.◆

Modbus RTU Protocol:

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Output bit 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 68 -

Input bit (read only) 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD

Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD

Note：

Mapping of address (same as *10 relationships):

2-01 is to 4X2010

3-02 is to 4X3020

So address 4X1300 is to 1-30 as following picture, here is double word address. To get more

information, please refer to danfoss manual.

In addition, to get mapping address of startup, you should set bit of 3, 4, 5, 6,7,11 coil on:

0x047C=0000 0100 0111 1100

Set 0X 3, 0X 4, 0X 5, 0X 6, 0X 7, 0X 11 all to “1” (if random one of these registers is “0”,inverter will

stop.

loop 0 1

01 Preset reference value LSB

02 Preset reference value MSB

03 DC brake Do not DC brake

04 Inertial stop Do not Inertial stop

05 Quickly stop Do not Quickly stop

06 locking frequency Do not locking frequency

07 Acc/Dec stop start

08 Do not reset reset

09 Do not inching inching

10 Acc/Dec 1 Acc/Dec 2

11 valid data invalid data

12 Relay 1 close Relay 1 open

13 Relay 2 close Relay 2 open

14 Set LSB

15 Set MSB

16 Do not reverse reverse

Transducer controller word (FC structure)

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 69 -

Set 0X 3，0X 4，0X 5，0X 6，0X 7 all to “1” via the method of setting on when window open; Change

the inverter status (start or stop) by control the status of 0X11.

0x2000=0010 0000 0000 0000(binary bit from the 17th to the 32nd), setting the 30th bit to “1” means

frequency is 25Hz, and “1” in the 29th bit means 12.5Hz, and so on. In short, the 0X17~0X32 is to control

frequency. The inverter will show the value after starting.

0X17~0X32 for controlling frequency，mapping as follows:

0x4000 ——50Hz

0x2000 ——25Hz

0x1000 ——12.5Hz (approximate)

0x800 ——6Hz

And so on, about 80 times

◎Cable Diagram

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 70 -

4.16 Delta Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on the CPU unit

DVP

DVP14SS11R2

DVP 24

DVP 32

DVP 60ES00

DVP-XXES01

RS485 on port

Delta DVP

◎Ethernet Communication

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

DVP

DVP14SS11R2

DVP 24

DVP 32

DVP 60ES00

DVP-XXES01

RS485 on port RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎ Ethernet Communication Parameters and Cables Production

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

DVP DVP-32EH DVPEN01-SL Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

AS300 AS332T Ethernet interface on

CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

DVP RS232 communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

DVP DVP-32EH DVPEN01-SL Delta DVPEN01-SL Ethernet (TCP Slave)

AS300 AS332T Ethernet interface on CPU Delta AS300 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 71 -

DVP RS485-2 communication

Note: RS485 communication, we should change the value of D1120 in the PLC Software.

PLC setting

1. Wpl207->Auxiliary Editing->RS-485 Protocol Setting (D1120), you can set the value of D1120.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 72 -

2. PLC connection with the Wpl207, monitoring changes in the value of D1120. for example, 9600, 7, even,

1. and then D1120=86（HEX）

◎Ethernet Communication Parameters

Delta DVPEN01-SL Ethernet (TCP Slave)

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

1）Open the WPLSoft and bulid new project；

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 73 -

2) Change the IP address

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 74 -

Delta AS300 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

1.Open ISPSoft,bulid new project and choose the right CPU type.

2.PLC parameter setting:

◎ Supported Device

Delta DVP

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input X0-9999 ------ OOOO

Output Y0-9999 ------ OOOO

Auxiliary Relay M0-9999 ------ DDDD

Step Relay S0-9999 ------ DDDD

Timer Relay T0-9999 ------ DDDD

Counter Relay C0-9999 ------ DDDD

Timer ------ TV0-9999 DDDD

Counter ------ CV0-127 DDD

Double word counter ------ CV2 232-255 DDD

Data Register ------ D0-9999 DDDD

Delta DVPEN01-SL Ethernet

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input X0-377 ------ OOO

Output Y0-377 ------ OOO

Auxiliary Relay M0-4095 ------ DDDD

Step Relay S0-1023 ------ DDDD

Timer Relay T0-255 ------ DDD

Counter Relay C0-255 ------ DDD

Timer ------ T0-255 DDD

Counter ------ C0-199 DDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 75 -

Double word counter ------ C2 200-255 DDD

Data Register ------ D0-11999 DDDDD

Delta AS300 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

32-bit Counter HC_Bit 0-255 ------ DDD

Counter C_Bit 0-511 ------ DDD

Timer T_Bit 0--511 ------ DDD

Step point Relay S_Bit 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Special auxiliary sign SM_Bit 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Special auxiliary M_Bit 0-8191 ------ DDDD

Output Relay Y_Bit 0.00-63.15 ------ DD.DD

Input Relay X_Bit 0.00-63.15 ------ DD.DD

Data Register D_Bit 0.00-29999.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

32-bit Counter ------ HC_Word 0-255 DDD

Index Register ------ E_Word 0-9

Counter ------ C_Word 0--511

DDD

Timer ------ T_Word 0-511

DDD

Data Register ------ D_Word 0-29999 DDDDD

Special data Register ------ SR_Word 0-2047 DDDD

Output Relay ------ Y_Word 0-63

Input Relay ------ X_Word 0-63

◎Cable Diagram

DVP RS232 communication cable

DVP RS485-2 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 76 -

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.17 Delta (Temperature Controller)

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

DVP

DTA4848

DTB9696VR

DTC1000

DTC2000

RS485 on the CPU unit Delta DTA/DTB/DTC

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

DVP DTA4848

DTB9696VR

DTC1000

DTC2000

RS485 on port RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

RS485-2 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 77 -

NOTE: Only use 4X, not 3X in the ev5000 project.

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Output bit 0X1-FFFF ------ HHHH

Input bit (read only) 1X1-FFFF ------ HHHH

Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-FFFF HHHH

Output Register ------ 4X1-FFFF HHHH

Controller Setting

1. Set the communication parameter

Setting communication parameter in “setting mode”

(1) (Station number) matching the station No. of the Ev5000

(2) (Baudrate)

(3) (Data bit)

(4) (Parity)

(5) (Stop bit)

Non-supported formats: 7, N, 1 or 8, O, 2 or 8, E, 2(Databit、Parity、Stopbit).

(6) Setting the parameter of CoSH

The data must be ON when executing write operation in touch-screen.

2. Communication parameters and notes

DTA4848：Address and Content of Word Register (corresponds to 4X in the HMI)

Address Content Explanations

4700H Process value (PV)

4701H Set point (SV)

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 78 -

4702H Upper-limit alarm 1 In the running mode , when ALA1 is 1 and

Upper-limit alarm is valid.

4703H Lower-limit alarm 1 In the running mode , when ALA1 is 1 and Lower

-limit alarm is valid.

4704H Upper-limit alarm 2 In the running mode , when ALA2 is 2 and

Upper-limit alarm is valid.

4705H Lower-limit alarm 2 In the running mode , when ALA2 is 2 and Lower

-limit alarm is valid.

4706H Upper-limit of temperature range

The data content should not be higher than the temperature

range. In the setting mode

4707H Lower-limit of temperature range

The data content should not be lower than the temperature

range. In the setting mode

4708H PB Proportional band 1 to 9999, unit is 0.1. In the adjusting mode

4709H Ti Integral time 0~9999. In the adjusting mode

470AH Td Derivative time 0~9999. In the adjusting mode

470BH Heating/Cooling hysteresis 0~9999

4710H Input temperature sensor type In the setting mode

4711H Control method

0: PID (default), 1: ON/OFF, 2: manual tuning. In the setting

mode

4712H Heating/Cooling control cycle

0 to 99 second, 0:0.5s, in the adjusting mode or

, when it is under the control of PID

4713H Proportional control offset error

value 0%~100%

4714H Temperature regulation value -99.9~99.9. in the adjusting mode

4715H Alarm 1 type

Please refer to the contents of the “Alarm Outputs” for detail.

In the setting mode

4716H Alarm 2 type Please refer to the contents of the “Alarm Outputs” for detail.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 79 -

In the setting mode

4717H Temperature unit display

selection oC : 1 (default), oF : 0. in the setting mode

4718H Heating/Cooling control

Selection

Heating: 0 (default), Cooling: 1. in the setting mode

4719H Control Run/Stop setting Run: 1 (default), Stop: 0. in the running mode

471AH Communication write-in

selection

Communication write in disabled: 0 (default),

Communication write in enabled: 1.

In the setting mode

471BH Software Version V1.00 indicates 0 x 100

4729H AT Setting OFF: 0 (default), ON: 1. in the adjusting mode

4733H CT monitor value Unit is 0.1A. in the running mode

DTB9696VR：Address and Content of Word Register (corresponds to 4X in the HMI)

Address Content Explanation

1000H Process value (PV) Measuring unit is 0.1, updated one time in 0.4 second

1001H Set point (SV) Unit is 0.1, oC or oF

1002H Upper-limit of temperature range

The data content should not be higher than the

temperature range. In the setting mode

1003H Lower-limit of temperature range

The data content should not be lower than the

temperature range. In the setting mode

1004H Input temperature sensor type

Please refer to the contents of the “Temperature Sensor

Type and Temperature Range” for detail. In the setting

mode

1005H Control method

0: PID, 1: ON/OFF, 2: manual tuning, 3: PID grogram

control. In the setting mode

1006H Heating/Cooling control selection

0: Heating, 1: Cooling, 2: Heating/Cooling, 3:

Cooling/Heating. In the setting mode

1007H 1st group of Heating/Cooling

control cycle

0 ~ 99, 0:0.5 sec. in the adjusting mode or

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 80 -

1008H 2nd group of Heating/Cooling

control cycle 0 ~ 99, 0:0.5 sec. in the adjusting mode

1009H PB Proportional band 0.1 ~ 999.9. in the adjusting mode

100AH Ti Integral time 0~9999. in the adjusting mode

100BH Td Derivative time 0~9999. in the adjusting mode

100CH Integration default 0 ~ 100%, unit is 0.1%. in the adjusting mode

100DH Proportional control offset error

value, when Ti = 0 0 ~ 100%, unit is 0.1%. in the adjusting mode

100EH The setting of COEF when Dual

Loop output control are used

0.01 ~ 99.99, unit is 0.01 (setting when it is under the

control of PID ) in the adjusting mode

100FH The setting of Dead band when

Dual Loop output control are used -999 ~ 9,999. in the adjusting mode

1010H Hysteresis setting value of the 1st

output group 0~9999. in the adjusting mode or

1011H Hysteresis setting value of the 1st

output group

0~9999. (setting when Dual Loop output control are

used ) in the adjusting mode or

1012H Hysteresis setting value of the 1st

output group

Unit is 0.1%; write operation is valid under manual

tuning mode only. In the running mode

1013H Hysteresis setting value of the 2nd

output group

Unit is 0.1%; write operation is valid under manual

tuning mode only. In the running mode

1014H Upper-limit regulation of analog

linear output

1 Unit = 2.8uA (Current Output) = 1.3mV (Linear

Voltage Output) in the adjusting mode

1015H Lower-limit regulation of analog

linear output

1 Unit = 2.8uA (Current Output) = 1.3mV (Linear

Voltage Output) in the adjusting mode

1016H Temperature regulation value -99.9 ~ +99.9, unit: 0.1. in the adjusting mode

1017H Analog decimal setting 0~3. in the running mode

1018H Time for valve from full open to

full close 0.1~999.9. in the adjusting mode

1019H Dead Band setting of valve 0 ~ 100%; unit: 0.1%. in the adjusting mode

101AH Upper-limit of feedback signal set

by valve 0~1024. in the adjusting mode

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 81 -

101BH Lower-limit of feedback signal set

by valve 0~1024. in the adjusting mode

101CH PID parameter selection

0~4. in the adjusting mode

101DH SV value corresponded to PID

value

Only valid within available range, unit: 0.1 scale. in the

adjusting mode

1020H Alarm 1 type In the setting mode

1021H Alarm 2 type In the setting mode

1022H Alarm 3 type In the setting mode

1023H System alarm setting

0: None (default), 1~3: Set Alarm 1 to Alarm 3.

In the setting mode

1024H Upper-limit alarm 1 In the setting mode unit: 0.1

1025H Lower-limit alarm 1 In the setting mode

1026H Upper-limit alarm 2 In the setting mode

1027H Lower-limit alarm 2 In the setting mode

1028H Upper-limit alarm 3 In the setting mode

1029H Lower-limit alarm 3 In the setting mode

102AH Read LED status b0 : Alm3, b1: Alm2, b2: F, b3: ℃, b4: Alm1, b5:

OUT2, b6: OUT1, b7: AT

102BH Read pushbutton status b0: Set, b1: Select, b2: Up, b3: Down. 0 is to push

102CH Setting lock status

0: Normal, 1: All setting lock, 11: Lock others than SV

value. In the running mode

102DH CT read value Unit: 0.1A. In the running mode

102FH software version V1.00 indicates 0x100.

1030H Start pattern number

0 ~ 7. In the running mode (setting when it is

under the control of PID and the mode of )

1040H~

1047H

Actual step number setting inside

the correspond pattern

0 ~ 7 = N, indicate that this pattern is executed from step

0 to step N. in the setting mode

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 82 -

1050H~

1057H

Cycle number for repeating the

execution of the correspond pattern

0 ~ 99 indicate that this pattern has been executed for 1

~ 100 times. In the setting mode

1060H~

1067H

Link pattern number setting of the

correspond pattern

0 ~ 8, 8 indicates the program end. 0~7 indicates the

next execution pattern number after executing the

current pattern. In the setting mode

2000H~

203FH

Pattern 0~7 temperature set point

setting(Pattern 0 temperature is set

to2000H ~ 2007H)

-999 ~ 9,999. in the setting mode ~

2080H~

20BFH

Pattern 0~7 execution time

setting(Pattern 0 time is set to

2080H~2087H)

Time 0 ~ 900 (1 minute per scale). in the setting mode

DTB9696VR：Address and Content of Bit Register (corresponds to 1X in the HMI)

0810H Communication write-in selection Communication write in disabled: 0 (default),

Communication write in enabled: 1.

In the setting mode

0811H Temperature unit display selection

oC/linear input (default): 1 , oF : 0. in the setting

mode

0812H Decimal point position selection

Except for the thermocouple B, S, R type, all the

other thermocouple type are valid. (0 or 1).

In the running mode

0813H AT setting

OFF: 0 (default), ON : 1.

In the adjusting mode

0814H Control RUN/STOP setting

0: STOP, 1: RUN (default).

In the running mode

0815H STOP setting for PID program control

0: RUN (default), 1: STOP.

In the running mode

0816H Temporarily STOP for PID program control

0: RUN (default), 1: Temporarily STOP.

In the running mode

0817H Valve feedback setting status 0: w/o feedback (default), 1: feedback function.

0818H Auto-tuning valve feedback status 0: Stop AT (default), 1: Start AT

3. Communication Parameters List

- Communication protocol: Modbus (ASCII); Available communication address: 1 to 255, 0 is

broadcast address

- Function code: 03H: read the contents of register (Max. 3 words).

06H: write 1 (one) word into register.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 83 -

◎Cable Diagram

DVP RS485-2 communication cable

4.18 ENDA

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

ELC RS485-2 on the CPU unit

ETC RS485-2 on the CPU unit

EUC RS485-2 on the CPU unit

EPC RS485-2 on the CPU unit

ENDA devices

EDP RS485-2 on the CPU unit

ENDA Controller/PLC Devices

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

ELC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485

ETC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485

EUC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485

EPC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485

ENDA

devices

EDP RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485

Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

ENDA Devices:Default communication:9600, 8, 1, none; station：1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 84 -

◎Supported Device

ENDA PLC Devices

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Output Relay MB 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Input Relay (read only) IP 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Output Register ------ MW 0-65535 DDDDD

Input Register (read only) ------ IR 0-65535 DDDDD

ENDA Controller Devices

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Coils Coils 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Discrete input (read only) DI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Holding Registers ------ HR 0-65535 DDDDD

Input Register (read only) ------ IR 0-65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

RS485 communication cable

4.19 Emerson NetWork Power

◎Serial Communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 85 -

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Emerson EC10 Ec10-1006BRA RS232 on the CPU unit Emerson EC10

Emerson EC20 Ec20-2012BRA

Ec20-3232BRA RS232 on the CPU unit Emerson EC20

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Emerson

EC10 EC10-1006BRA RS485 on port1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Emerson

EC20

EC20-2012BRA

EC20-3232BRA RS485 on port1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

Emerson EC10 RS232 communication

Emerson EC20 RS232 communication

Emerson EC10 RS485-2 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 86 -

Emerson EC20 RS485-2 communication

NOTE: Communication with port1, you must set the system configuration in the programming software

first.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 87 -

◎Supported Device

Emerson EC10

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X000-377 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y000-377 ------ OOO

Internal Relay M0000-1999 ------ DDDD

Special Relay SM000-255 ------ DDD

Step Relay S000-991 ------ DDD

Timer Relay T000-255 ------ DDD

Counter Relay C000-255 ------ DDD

Data register ------ D0000-7999 DDDD

Special Register ------ SD000-255 DDD

Index Register ------ Z00-15 DD

Timer ------ T000-255 DDD

Counter ------ C000-199 DDD

Counter(double word) ------ C_Double200-255 DDD

Data register(double word) ------ D_Double0000-7999 DDDD

Special Register(double word) ------ SD_Double000-127 DDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 88 -

Emerson EC20

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X000-377 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y000-377 ------ OOO

Internal Relay M0000-1999 ------ DDDD

Special Relay SM000-255 ------ DDD

Step Relay S000-991 ------ DDD

Timer T000-255

------ DDD

Counter C000-255

------ DDD

Data register ------ D0000-7999 DDDD

Special Register ------ SD000-255 DDD

Index Register ------ Z00-15 DD

Timer ------ T000-255 DDD

Counter ------ C000-199 DDD

Counter(double word) ------ C_Double200-255 DDD

Data register(double word) ------ D_Double0000-7999 DDDD

Special Register(double word) ------ SD_Double000-125 DDD

◎Cable Diagram

Emerson RS232 communication

Emerson RS485-2 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 89 -

4.20 Epower

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

EPower

Epower Epower CPU Direct Epower Slave

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

Setting Your owner cable

Epower Epower CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 90 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

UPSSet UPSSet1-6 ------ DDDDD

UPSPanel UPSPanel0-9 ------ DDDDD

UPSData ------ UPSData0-70 DDDD

UPSDisp ------ UPSDisp0 DDDDD

UPSCommand ------ UPSCommand0-52 DDDDD

UPSText ------ UPSText0-1 DDDDD

Slave driver notes：

1. Transmit the device value to LW, LB by timer; refer to the addr table for details.

2. UPSCommand must use with UPSSet、macro；

3. UPSDisp must use with UPStexr、UPSPanel、macro.

Epower HMI project notes：

1. The project must have UPSData0 device, otherwise the data accuracy will be affected; Suggest to

put UPSData0 device in the public window.

2. LW.B indicates the bits of UPSData

◎Cable Diagram

COM0 connect to ups communication board

COM1 connect to King software or com debug tool

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 91 -

4.21 Fatek Corporation

◎Serial Communication

c CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on the CPU unit Port 0

Port 1

FBS-CB25-3 Port 2

FBs

FBs-10MA/MC

FBs-14MA/MC

FBs-20MA/MC

FBs-24MA/MC

FBs-32MA/MC

FBs-40MA/MC

FBs-60MA/MC

FBs-20MN

FBs-32MN

FBs-44MN

FBe-20MA

FBe-28MA

FBe-40MA

CPU unit Port 0

Port 0

Port 1

CPU unit

Port 2

FB-DTBR

FBe/FBn

FBe-20MC

FBe-28MC

FBe-40MC

FBn-19MCT

FBn-26MCT

FBn-36MCT FB-DTBR-E

FATEK FB

Modbus RTU

◎Network communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

FBs FBs-20MAT FBs-CBE-3 FATEK FB Ethernet(TCP)

◎Serial System configuration

Driver Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU

unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

FACON

FB MA

FB MC FBs-20MAT

FBS-CB25-3 RS485 Setting Your owner cable

Modbus FB MA FBs-20MAT FBS-CB25-3 RS232 Setting Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 92 -

RTU FB MC RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

FBs FBs-20MAT FBs-CBE-3 ETH Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

FACON FB RS232 communication

FBS-CB25-3 module RS485 communication

FBS-CB25-3 module communication

Modbus RTU RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 93 -

Modbus RTU RS485-2 communication

Note: The detailed communication configuration must be the same as the PLC’s port setting.

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 94 -

PLC Setting

1、 In ether cfg software, click [scan] to search the PLC information.

2、 Click [Properties] to change the IP and ports.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 95 -

3、 Click [ok] to save the settings.

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input X0-9999 ------ DDDD

Output Y0-9999 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M0-9999 ------ DDDD

Step Relay S0-9999 ------ DDDD

Timer Relay T0-9999 ------ DDDD

Counter Relay C0-9999 ------ DDDD

Data Register ------ R-L 0-3839 DDDD

Data Register ------ R-H 3840-9999 DDDD

Data Register ------ D0-9999 DDDD

Timer ------ T0-9999 DDDD

Counter ------ C0-199 DDD

Double word Counter Register ------ DRC200-255 DDD

Note：R-L register corresponds to the “R” register of the PLC, the address range 0~3839;

R-H register corresponds to the “R” register of the PLC, the address range 3840~9999;

DR register corresponds to the “D” register of the PLC;

TMR register corresponds to the “T” register of the PLC;

CTR register corresponds to the “C” register of the PLC;

DRC register corresponds to the “C(32)” register of the PLC，e.g.：DRC200==C200

◎Cable Diagram

FB RS232 communication cable

Controller terminal

15 pin D-SUB (male)

2 TXD

1 RXD

6 GND

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

3 RTS

4 CTS

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 96 -

FBS-CB25-3 module communication

RS232 communication cable

Controller port1 terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

2RXD 2TXD

3RXD

5SG

3TXD

5GND

7CTS

8RTS

7RTS

8CTS

com0/com1

RS485 communication cable

Ethernet cable

Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or

cross-ruling.

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.22 Fuji SPB

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

SPB NW0P20T-31 RS485 interface on the CPU

NB NB2U24R-11 RS485 interface on the CPU Fuji SPB

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Ethernet Type Parameter Cable

SPB NW0P20

-31 RS485 interface on the CPU RS485-4

NB NB2U24R-11 RS485 interface on the CPU RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 97 -

NOTE：When PLC is protected by password, protocol time out 2 is 65535, and the register is read only. If

you want to make the register writable, you must let the protocol time out 2 equal the PLC password.

Example: PLC password is 1234, and then you make the protocol time out 2 to be 1234.

PLC password is 0010, and then you make the protocol time out 2 to be 10.

◎Supported Device

SPB

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Data register D 0~6FF.F ------ HHH.H

Special relay M_special 0~1FF ------ HHH

Counter contact C 0~FF ------ HH

Timer contact T 0~1FF ------ HHH

Keep relay L 0~FFF ------ HHH

Auxiliary relay M 0~FFF ------ HHH

Output relay Y 0~3FF ------ HHH

Input relay X 0~3FF ------ HHH

Timer contact ------ TW 0~3FF HHH

Counter contac ------ CW 0~FF HH

Data register ------ DW 0~6FF HHH

Special register ------ DW_special 0~1FF HHH

Link register(0 slot) ------ W0 0~7FF HH

Link register(1 slot) ------ W1 0~7FF HHH

Link register(2 slot) ------ W2 0~7FF HHH

Link register(3 slot) ------ W3 0~7FF HHH

Link register(4 slot) ------ W4 0~7FF HHH

Link register(5 slot) ------ W5 0~7FF HHH

Link register(6 slot) ------ W6 0~7FF HHH

Link register(7 slot) ------ W7 0~7FF HHH

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 98 -

Note：M_special address: 8000 in the PLC corresponds to 0 in the HMI.

DW_special address: 8000 in the PLC corresponds to 0 in the HMI.

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Data register D 0~3F.F ------ HHH.H

Special relay M_special 0~1FF ------ HHH

Counter contact C 0~1F ------ HH

Timer contact T 0~1F ------ HHH

Keep relay L 0~1FF ------ HHH

Auxiliary relay M 0~3FF ------ HHH

Output relay Y 0~3F ------ HHH

Input relay X 0~3F ------ HHH Read only

Timer contact ------ TW 0~1F HHH

Counter contact ------ CW 0~1F HH

Data register ------ DW 0~3F HHH

Special register ------ DW_special 0~1FF HHH

◎Cable Diagram

4.23 GE Fanuc Automation Inc.

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

GE Fanuc Series

90-30

IC693CPU311

IC693CPU313

IC693CPU321

IC693CPU323

IC693CPU331

IC693CPU340

IC693CPU341

IC693CPU350

Serial Connector on Power

Supply

GE Fanuc Series

SNP

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 99 -

IC693CPU351

IC693CPU352

IC693CPU360

IC693CPU363

IC693CPU364

IC693CPU374

IC693CSE311

IC693CSE313

IC693CSE323

IC693CSE331

IC693CSE340

Connector on Power Supply IC693CPU311

IC693CPU313

IC693CPU321

IC693CPU323

IC693CPU331

IC693CPU340

IC693CPU341

IC693CPU350

IC693CPU360

IC693CPU364

IC693CMM311

Connector on Power Supply

Port1 on CPU unit

Port2 on CPU unit

IC693CPU351

IC693CPU352

IC693CPU363

IC693CMM311

Port on Power Supply IC693CPU374

IC693CMM311

RS232 on port1 VersaMax Series CPU001/002/005

CPUE05 RS485 on port2

RS232 on port1 VersaMax Micro &

Nano Series

IC200UAL004/005/006

IC200UDD110/120/212

IC200UDR005/006/010

IC200UAA007

IC200UAR028

RS485 on port2

GE SNP-X

RS232 on port1 PACSystems RX3i IC695CPE310

IC695CPE320 RS485 on port2

GE Fanuc Series

SNP

◎Network communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Series90-30

CPU340

CPU341

CPU350

CPU351

CPU352

IC693CMM321

GE IP Ethernet

（TCP Slave）

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 100 -

CPU360

CPU363

CSE311

CSE313

CSE323

CSE331

CSE340

CPU364

CPU374 Ethernet interface on CPU

PACSystem RX3i

IC695CPE305

IC695CPE310

IC695CPE 315

IC695CPE 320

IC695ETM001

VersMax Micro&Nano

IC200UDD020

IC200UDD040

IC200UDD064

IC200UDD120

IC200UDD164

IC200UDD220

IC200UDD240

IC200UDR020

IC200UDR040

IC200UDR064

IC200UDR120

IC200UDR140

IC200UDR164

IC200UDR440

IC200UEM001

VerMax CPUE05 Ethernet interface on CPU

Series 90-30

CPU311

CPU313

CPU323

CPU331

CPU340

CPU341

CPU350

CPU351

CPU352

CPU360

CPU363

CSE311

CSE313

CSE323

CSE331

CSE340

IC693CMM321

Modbus TCP

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 101 -

CPU364

CPU374 Ethernet interface on CPU

Series 90-70

CPU731

CPU771

CPU772

CPU780

CPU781

CPU782

CPU788

CPU789

CPM790

CPM915

CPM925

CSE784

CSE924

CSE925

CPX772

CPX782

CPX928

CPX935

CGR772

CGR935

IC697CMM742 (Type2)

PACSystem RX7i

CPE010

CPE020

CRE020

Ethernet interface on CPU

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM

Type Parameter Cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS485 on the

CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

GE Fanuc

Series 90-30 IC693CPU374

IC693CMM311 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable

VersaMax

Series

CPU001/002/005

CPUE05 RS485 on port2 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable

VersaMax

Micro & Nano

Series

IC200UAL004/005/006

IC200UDD110/120/212

IC200UDR005/006/010

IC200UAA007

IC200UAR028

RS485 on port2 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cablePACSystems

RX3i

IC695CPE310

IC695CPE320 RS485 on port2 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 102 -

Series Connect Type Parameter Cable

Series 90-30/

Versa ma x/

PACSystem RX3i/

Versa ma x

Mico&Nano

Ethernet

(GE IP Ethernet(TCP Slave)) Setting

Series 90-30/

PACSystem RX3i/

Versa ma x

Mico&Nano

Ethernet

(Modbus TCP Slave) Setting

Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

GE Fanuc Series SNP RS232 Communication

GE Fanuc Series SNP RS422 Communication

GE SNP-X Protocol RS232 Communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 103 -

GE SNP-X Protocol RS422 Communication

NOTE: Set matching communication parameter in the Programming software.

PLC Setting

RX3i 设置：

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 104 -

◎Network Communication Setting

MODBUS TCP Protocol:

HMI：

PLC:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 105 -

GE IP Ethernet（TCP Slave）Protocol:

HMI:

PLC:

◎Supported Device

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 106 -

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

System SC01-32

------ DD

System SB01-32

------ DD

System SA01-32

------ DD

System S01-32

------ DD

Temporary T001-256

------ DDD

Internal M0001-4096

------ DDDD

Genius Global G0001-1280 ------ DDDD

Output Q0001-2048

------ DDDD

Input I001-256

------ DDD

Analog Output ------ AQ001-512 DDD

Analog Input ------ AI0001-2048 DDDD

R0001-9999 DDDD

Address correspondence between modbus

◎Cable Diagram

90-30/VersaMax/RXi RS232 communication

Controller VersaMax terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

2 TX

3 RX

5 GND

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

com0/com1

5 GND

com2

VersaMax Micro & Nano Series RS232 communication

CMM311 RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 107 -

CMM311 RS422 communication

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

1 Rx-

9 Tx+

4Tx-

9 SDA

7 GND

21 SDB

5 GND

6 Rx+

25 RDB

13 RDA

11 CTSA

12 TER CTS

22 RTSB

23 CTSB

10 RTSA

CMM311 port2 terminal

25 pin D-SUB (male)

com0/com1

90-30/VersaMax RS422 communication

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 108 -

4.24 HAIWELL

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on com1

E/S HW-S16ZA220R RS485 on com2 Haiwell

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on com1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable

E/S HW-S16ZA220R RS485 on com2 RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

Haiwell RS232 communication

Haiwell RS485 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 109 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Special memory Relay SM0–215 ------- DDD

Counter Relay C0–127

------- DDD

Timer Relay T0–127

------- DDD

Internal Relay M0–2047 ------- DDDD

Switch Output Y0–127 ------- DDD

Switch Input X0–127 ------- DDD

System register ------- SV0-139 DDD

Counter(Current Value) ------- CCV-16 0-47&80-127 DDD

Counter(Current Value double word) ------- CCV-32 48-79 DD

Timer(Current Value) ------- TCV0-127 DDD

Internal Register ------- V0-2047 DDDD

Analog Output ------- AQ0-31 DD

Analog Input ------- AI0-31 DD

◎Cable Diagram

Haiwell RS232 communication cable

Haiwell RS485 communication cable

4.25 HanG

◎Serial Communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 110 -

Series CPU Link Module Driver

HanG DTS3338 RS485 on the CPU unit HanG

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

HanG DTS3338 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Password ------ APAS 0 H

Meter Number ------ ANUM C032 HHHH

Init Meter ------ ASTR 0 H

NOTE：Use text part to show meter number (ANUM). AMVD data type: signed integer

◎Cable Diagram

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 111 -

4.26 Hitachi Inverter

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Hitachi Inverter SJ300 RS485-2 Hitachi SJ300

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Parameter Cable

Hitachi Inverter SJ300 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI default communication parameter: 4800, 7, none, 1; station: 1

Inverter internal setting

Code Name description

A001 Frequency set 00(VR)/01(Terminal)/02(operator)/03(RS485)/04(OPT 1)/05(OPT 2)

A002 Run set 01(Terminal)/02(operator)/03(RS485) /04(OPT 1)/05(OPT 2)

C71 Baudrate 02(close loop detect)/ 03(2400bps)/ 04(4800bps)/ 05(9600bps)/ 06(19200bps)

C72 Station set 1~32

C73 Data bit 7(7 bit)/8(8 bit)

C74 Parity 00(none)/01(even)/02(odd)

C75 Stop bit 1(bit)/2(bit)

NOTE：A001, A002 must be set 03（RS485）in order to communication with HMI.

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

------ P Extend Func 0~50 DD

------ H Extend Func 0~512 DDD

------ F Func Date 0~65535 DDDDD

------ C Func Date 0~65535 DDDD

------

B Func Date 0~999 DDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 112 -

------

A Func Date 0~999 DDD

FWD/REW/STOP

(00)FWD/REW/STOP 0 D Write only

FREQ SET ------ (01)FREQ SET 0 D Write only

TerminalPoint State (02)TerminalPoint State 0~7 D Write only

Surveillance Data ------ (03)Surveillance Data 0~12 DD Read only

Transducer State (04)Transducer State 0~3 D Read only

Trip Record ------ (05)Trip Record 0~54 DD Read only

Revert ------

(08)Revert 0 D Write only

Recount Motor Con ------ (0B)Recount Motor Cons 0 D Write only

Store EEPROM ------ Store EEPROM 0 D

NOTE：(02)Terminal Point State 0~7 use text part

◎Cable Diagram

RS485-2 communication cable

4.27 Hitachi IES Co., Ltd

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

H H-20

H-28

H-40

H-64

H-200(CPU-02H)

H-250(CPU21-02H)

H-252B(CPU22-02HB)

H-252C(CPU22-02HC)

H-300(CPU-03Ha)

H-302(CPU2-03H)

H-700(CPU-07Ha)

H-702(CPU2-07H)

port on CPU Hitachi

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 113 -

H-2002(CPU2-20H)

H-4010(CPU3-40H)

H-1002(CPU2-10H)

H-300(CPU-03Ha)

H-302(CPU2-03H)

H-700(CPU-07Ha)

H-702(CPU2-07H)

H-2000(CPU-20Ha)

H-2002(CPU2-20H)

H-4010(CPU3-40H)

COMM-H

COMM-2H

H-1002(CPU2-10H) COMM-2H

EH-150(EH-CPU104)

EH-150(EH-CPU104A)

EH-150(EH-CPU208)

EH-150(EH-CPU208A)

EH-150(EH-CPU308)

EH-150(EH-CPU308A)

EH-150(EH-CPU316)

EH-150(EH-CPU316A)

EH-150(EH-CPU448)

EH-150(EH-CPU448A)

EH-150(EH-CPU516)

EH-150(EH-CPU548)

Serial port 1 on CPU

Serial port 2 on CPU

EH-150

EH-150(EH-CPU516)

EH-150(EH-CPU548)

Port 1 on EH-SIO

Port 2 on EH-SIO

MICRO-EH(EH-D10)

MICRO-EH(EH-A14)

MICRO-EH(EH-D14)

MICRO-EH(EH-A23)

MICRO-EH(EH-D23)

MICRO-EH(EH-A28)

MICRO-EH(EH-D28)

Port 1 on CPU

MICRO-EH(EH-A23)

MICRO-EH(EH-D23)

MICRO-EH(EH-A28)

MICRO-EH(EH-D28)

Port 2 on CPU

Port on CPU

MICRO-EH

MICRO-EH(EH-A64)

MICRO-EH(EH-D64)

MICRO-EH(EH-A40)

MICRO-EH(EH-D40)

MICRO-EH(EH-A20)

MICRO-EH(EH-D20)

EH-OB232

EH-OB485

◎Ethernet Communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 114 -

Series CPU Link Module Driver

S10V LQP510-Z LQP520-Z HITACHI S10V Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)

EHV EHV-CPU32 Ethernet interface on CPU HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

H H-20 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

EH-150 EH-150(EH-

CPU104)

Serial port 1 on CPU

Serial port 2 on CPU

Port 1 on CPU RS232 Setting Your owner cable

MICRO-EH EH-A23DR Port 2 on CPU RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet System Communication

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

S10V LQP510-Z LQP520-Z Ethernet Setting

EHV EHV-CPU32 Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting

Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

RS232 communication

RS422 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 115 -

Ethernet Communication Setting

HITACHI S10V Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)

HMI Setting

HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 116 -

◎Supported Device

Hitachi EH-A23DR

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

External In

ut X 00.000-5A.095 ------ HHH.DDD Read Only

External Out

ut Y 00.000-5A.095 ------ HHH.DDD

Remote In

ut X 100.000-9FF.095 ------ HHH.DDD Read Only

Remote Out

ut Y 100.000-9FF.095 ------ HHH.DDD

Internal Out

ut R 0000-FFFF ------ HHHH

Data Area M 0000-FFFF ------ HHHH

st CPU Link L 00000-03FFF ------ HHHHH

Second CPU Link L 10000-FFFFF ------ HHHHH

On Dela

Time

TD 00000-65535 ------ DDDDD

External In

ut ------ WX 000.00-05A.09 HHH.DD Read Only

External Out

ut ------ WY 000.00-05A.09 HHH.DD

Remote In

ut ------ WX 100.00-9FF.09 HHH.DD Read Only

Remote Out

ut ------ WY 100.00-9FF.09 HHH.DD

Word Internal Out

ut ------ WR 0000-C3FF HHHH

ecial Word Out

ut ------ WRF 000-FFFF HHHH

Data Area ------ WM 0000- FFFF HHHH

First CPU Link ------ WL 0000-03FF HHHH

Second CPU Link ------ WL 1000-FFFF HHHH

Timer Counte

------ TC 00000-65535 DDDDD

Note：X0.015 in the HMI match x15 in the PLC,Y1.000 in the HMI match Y100,WX0.09 in the HMI

match WX9 in the Plicate effective address is deleted radix point and the first zero behind radix point.

The list of address correspondence

Bit Address Word Address PLC address Notes

X 00.000-00.047 ------ X 0000-0047

Y 01.000-01.031 ------ Y 0100-0131

------ WX 000.00-000.03 WX 0000-0003

------ WY 001.00-Y001.01 WY 0010-0011

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 117 -

Note: The range of X, Y, WX, WY is according to the I/O assign. Make sure the I/O address before using

the register.

Note:

1. Communication setting

EH series, only port1 supports procedure 2.Switch DIP and change special Internal Input (WR) value to 

select procedure.

EH150 series，only EHCPU***A/448/516/548 support procedure 2.

EH PLC connect with PC only by procedure 1.

2. CPU related actions

EH150

DIP 5 must be set on.

If DIP 5 is on, which procedure (1 or2) to use by judging the value of the WR F037.The highest bit of

WR F037 must be on, so that the other bits can be written in. The data keep on, when turn on the power

again.

o By entering 0x8000, turn on the power again and value of the address is 0x0000.After settings,

communication with procedure 1.

o By entering 0xC000, turn on the power again and value of the address is 0x4000.After settings,

communication with procedure 2.

 The transmission speed of port 1 will be set with DIP 3, 4 switches

o 3 on, 4 off is 19200 bps

 The transmission speed of port 2 will be set with DIP 6, PHL switches.

o 6 off, PHL on is 19200 bps

MicroEH

 The transmission speed will be set with DIP switches

o SW1 on is 19200 bps

 Which procedure(1 or2) to use by judging the value of the WR F01A.Different with EH150, The

highest bit of WR F01A is optional, The data will reset when turn on the power again. If the value of R

7F6 is set on, the data of WR F01A will be stored in Flash memory.

o 0x0000 for procedure 1.

o 0x8000 for procedure 2.

Note: if procedure 2 is set and written in Flash memory, external device (only supports procedure 1) or

ladder editor will not connect with it.

S10V

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

S S 0-BFF ------ HHH

Z Z 0-3FF ------ HHH

E E 0-FFF ------ HHH

V V 0-FFF ------ HHH

P P 0-7F ------ HH

N N 0-FF

------ HH

CCC CCC 0-FF

------ HH

CR CR 0-FF

------ HH

CD CD 0-FF

------ HH

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 118 -

CU CU 0-FF

------ HH

UUU UUU 0-FF

------ HH

UU UU 0-FF

------ HH

TTT TTT 0-1FF

------ HHH

TT TT 0-1FF

------ HHH

K K 0-FFF

------ HHH

M M 0-FFF

------ HHH

R R 0-FFF

------ HHH

G G 0-FFF

------ HHH

Q Q 0-FFF

------ HHH

Y Y 0-FFF

------ HHH

J J 0-FFF

------ HHH

X X 0-FFF

------ HHH

OW ------ OW 0-FFF

HHH

IW ------ IW 0-FFF HHH

DW ------ DW 0-FFF HHH

FW ------ FW 0-BFF HHH

SW ------ SW 0-BF HH

ZW ------ ZW 0-3F HH

EW ------ EW 0-FF

VW ------ VW 0-FF HH

PW ------ PW 0-8 H

NW ------ NW 0-F H

CW ------ CW 0-F H

UW ------ UW 0-F H

TW ------

TW 0-1F HH

KW ------ KW 0-FF HH

MW ------ MW 0-FF HH

RW ------ RW 0-FF HH

GW ------ GW 0-FF HH

QW ------ QW 0-FF HH

YW ------ YW 0-FF HH

JW ------ JW 0-FF HH

XW ------ XW 0-FF HH

CC ------ CC 0-FF HH

CS ------ CS 0-FF HH

UC ------ UC 0-FF HH

US ------ US 0-FF HH

TC ------ TC 1FF HHH

TS ------ TS 0-1FF HHH

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 119 -

HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Timer T 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Internal output(shared Bit/Word) M 0-FFFFF ------ HHHHH

Link area No.n(n is 0 to 7) L 0-73FFF ------ HHHHH

Internal output R 0-FFFF ------ HHHH

External output Y 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

External input X 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Timer progress value ------ TC 0-65535 DDDDD

Internal output ------ WM 0-FFFF HHHH

Link area No.n(n is 0 to 7) ------ WL 0-FFFF HHHH

Internal output ------ WR 0-FFFF HHHH

External output ------ WY 0-65535 DDDDD

External input ------ WX 0-65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

Hitachi EH-A23DR RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

Controller

RJ-45 terminal

1 SG

5 SD

6 RD

7 DSR

2 VCC

Hitachi EH-A23DR RS422 communication cable

Ethernet Cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 120 -

4.28 Hollysys Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

LM3109 Serial port0 on CPU 485

Serial port1 on CPU 232

Hollysys LM

LM3107 RS232 on CPU

Hollysys LM Modbus

RTU

Hollysys LK RS232 on CPU Hollysys LK Modbus RTU

◎Ethernet Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Hollysys LK LK210 Ethernet interface on CPU Hollysys LK Modbus TCP Slave*1

*1 Support dual redundancy

◎Serial System Configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

LM3109 RS485on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

Hollysys LM

LM3107 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Hollysys LK RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet System Configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

Hollysys LK LK210 ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters:38400，8，none，1；station：51

RS232

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 121 -

RS485-2

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Note：In the dual redundancy system, just set one of IP addresses in Network Device Setting

PLC Setting

Must set the PLC station in PLC program software.

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-2.7 ------ D.O

Discrete outputs and image Relay Q0.0-1.7 ------ D.O

Internal memory Relay M100.0-7816.7 ------ DDDD.O M0-99 are occupied

by system diagnosis.

Analog inputs ------ IW0 D address must be an

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 122 -

Analog outputs ------ QW0 D

Internal register ------ MW0-8190 DDDD

Internal register(double word) ------ MD0-8188 DDDD

even number;

IW,QW address

range to 30 by

adding a module

Note: I,IW register read only

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Outputs Relay 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Inputs Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Analog inputs ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD

Data Register ------ 4X 1-65335 DDDDD

Data Register(DWord) ------ 5X 1-65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

Hollysys LM RS232 communication cable

Hollysys LM RS485 communication cable

Ethernet Cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.29 HuaDA HD-JZ06

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 123 -

RS232 on the CPU unit

HD HD-JZ06 RS485 on the CPU unit

HuaDA HD-JZ06\ HuaDA

HD SLAVE

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

HD HD-JZ06

RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

RS232 communication

RS485 communication

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

HMI Internal Relay LB 0-4095 ------ DDDD

MCU Register VB 0-4095 ------ DDDD

HMI Internal register ------ LW 0-4094 DDDD

MCU Register ------ VW 0-4094 DDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 124 -

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 Port

RS485 Port

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

1 RX-

6 RX+

5 GND

com0/com1 Controller terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

7 B-

6 A+

5 GND

4.30 IDEC Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

MICRO SMART

FC4A-C10R2

FC5A-C24R2

FT1A-H48SA

RS232 on the CPU unit IDEC MicroSmart

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cableMICRO

SMART

FC4A-C10R2

FC5A-C24R2

FT1A-H48SA RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 125 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Internal Relay M0.0-127.7 ------ DDD.O

Output Q0.0-30.7

------ DD.O

Input I0.0-30.7

------ DD.O

Data Register ------ D0-8199 DDDD

Counter(Current Value) ------ C_CV0-99 DD

Counter(Preset Value) ------ C_SV0-99 DD

Timer(Current Value) ------ T_CV0-99 DD

Timer( Preset Value) T_SV0-99 DD

Note: M address: 121 in the plc correspond to 12.1 in the EV5000.

Q\I address: 1277 in the plc corresponds to 127.7 in the EV5000.

◎Cable Diagram

Idec RS232 communication cable

FC4A

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 126 -

FC5A

RS485

4.31 Inovance Electric Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

CPU direct

COM1

Inovance H2u（don’t support multi station）

CPU direct

H2U H2U-3624MR

COM1 Modbus RTU*1

H3U H3U-1616MT

-XP CPU direct Inovance H3u （don’t support multi station）

NOTE: *1 Support multi-station

◎Ethernet Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 127 -

Inovance H3U-1616MT-XP Ethernet interface on CPU Inovance H3u Ethernet(TCP Slave)

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Driver Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS422 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

Inovance

H2u

RS485 on the com1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

H2U 3624M

Modbus

RTU RS485 on the com1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS422 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

H3U 1616MT-XP

RS485 on the com1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

Inovance H3U-1616MT-XP

Ethernet interface

on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

Inovance H2u protocol

HMI Setting

HMI monitor protocol communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0

RS232

RS422

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 128 -

RS485

PLC Setting

You should put off JP0, if communication on the COM0, RS485.

You should set D8126=01h, if communication on the COM1, RS485.

Modbus RTU protocol

HMI Setting

RS485 communication parameter: PLC COM0 port is controlled by D8110; COM1 port is controlled by

D8120.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 129 -

PLC setting

COM0 setting: D8116=02h, modbus-RTU slave protocol; D8111=1, station: 1; D8110=81h,

communication parameter: 9600, 8, none, 1.

COM1 setting: D8126=02h, modbus-RTU slave protocol; D8121=1, station: 1; D8120=81h,

communication parameter: 9600, 8, none, 1.

Inovance H3u protocol

HMI Setting

Default parameter：9600bps，7，even，1；station NO.：0

RS232

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 130 -

RS422

RS485-2

PLC Setting

PLC COM0

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 131 -

PLC COM1

Note：COM1 parameter only support 9600bps；

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 132 -

PLC Setting

Set a right IP address.

◎ Supported Device

Inovance H2u

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X 000-177 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y 000-177 ------ OOO

Auxiliary Relay M 0000-1535 ------ DDDD

Timer Relay T_bit 000-255 ------ DDD

Counter Relay C_bit 000-255 ------ DDD

Data Register Relay SM 8000-8255 ------ DDDD

Status Relay S 000-999 ------ DDD

Timer ------ T 000-255 DDD

Counter ------ C 000-199 DDD

Data register ------ D 0000-7999 DDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD 8000-8255 DDDD

Counter Memory（DWord） ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD

Inovance H3u Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X0-377 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y0-377 ------ OOO

Auxiliary Relay M0-8511 ------ DDDD

Data Register Relay SM0-1023 ------ DDD

Status Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Timer Relay T 0-511 DDD

Counter Relay C 0-255 DDD

Timer ------ T0-511 DDD

Counter ------ C0-199 DDD

Data register ------ D0-8511 DDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD0-1023 DDDD

R Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

Inovance H3u

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X 0-377 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ OOO

Auxiliary Relay M 0-8511 ------ DDDD

Data Register Relay SM 0-1023 ------ DDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 133 -

Status Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Timer Relay T_bit 0-511 DDD

Counter Relay C_bit 0-255 DDD

Timer ------ T 0-511 DDD

Counter ------ C 0-199 DDD

Data register C_dword 200-255 DDD

Special Data Register ------ D 0-8511 DDDD

R Register ------ SD 0-1023 DDDD

Input Relay ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

COM0 port communication cable

RS232

Please uses the programming cable: SC-09

RS422

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

1 RX-

6 RX+

5 GND

4Tx-

7Tx+

3GND

1Rx-

2Rx+

4 TX-

9 TX+

Controller COM0 terminal

8pin Mini DIN(male)

RS485

NOTE: Put off JP0 by RS485.

COM1 port communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 134 -

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.32 Invt

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

INVT IVC1 RS232 on the CPU unit Invt IVC1

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

INVT IVC1 RS232 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

RS232 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station number: 1

RS485-2 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station number: 1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 135 -

PLC Setting

1. The PLC has two ports: port0 and port1, port1 support RS232 and RS485

2. Port0 configuration as follow:

Port1 configuration as follow:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 136 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

C_bit C_bit 0-255 ------ DDD

T_bit T_bit 0- 255 ------ DDD

S S 0-1023 ------ DDDD

SM SM 0-255

------ DDD

M M 0-2047

------ DDDD

Y Y 0-177

------ OOO

X X 0-177

------ OOO

SD_double ------

SD_double 0-127 DDD

D_double ------

D_double 0-7999 DDD

C_double ------

C_double 200-255 DDD

C_word ------ C_word 0-199 DDD

T_word ------ T_word 0-255 DDD

Z ------ Z 0-15 DD

SD ------ SD 0-255 DDD

D ------ D 0-7999 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 137 -

RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male Controller port0

8 pin Mini Din (male)

5 TXD

4 RXD

3 GND

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

TXD

RXD

GND

Controller port1

RS485-2 communication cable

4.33 KDN Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

KDN-K3 KDN-K304-14AR RS232 on the CPU unit KDN-K3

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

KDN-K3 K304-14AR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Supported Device

KDN-K3

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-7.7 ------ D.O

Discrete outputs and image Relay Q0.0-7.7 ------ D.O

Internal memory Relay M0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 138 -

Analog inputs ------ AIW0-30 DD

Analog outputs ------ AQW0-30 DD

Internal register ------ VW0-4094 DDDD

Internal register(double word) ------ VD0-4092 DDDD

NOTE:

1） AIW, AQW, VW, VD address must be an even number.

2） AIW and I device read only.

3） The single floating VR of PLC corresponds with the VD of the Ev5000 (choose single floating).

◎Communication Setting

KDN-K3 RS232 communication

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication cable

Controller terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

3 TXD

2 RXD

5 GND

RS485 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 139 -

4.34 Kinco Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

K2 Series RS485 on the CPU port

RS232 on the CPU unit

K3 Series RS485 on the CPU port

RS232 on the CPU unit

Kinco

K5 Series

RS485 on the CPU port

Kinco PLC Series

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

K2 Series RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable K3 Series

RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Kinco

K5 Series

RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

RS232 communication

RS485 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 140 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-31.7 ------ D.O

Discrete outputs and image Relay Q0.0-31.7 ------ D.O

Internal memory Relay M0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Analog inputs ------ AIW0-62 DD

Analog outputs ------ AQW0-62 DD

Internal register ------ VW0-4094 DDDD

Internal register(double word) ------ VD0-4092 DDDD

ERR --------

ERR 0~127*1

ERR 128~255*2

ERR 256~383*3

ERR 384~511*4

DDDDD

NOTE:

1) AIW, AQW, VW, VD address must be an even number.

2) AIW and I device read only.

3) The single floating VR of PLC corresponds with the VD of the Ev5000 (choose single floating).

*1 ERR0~127 indicate the recent 128 common errors. ERR0 is the latest error, ERR1 is the later

error, and so on.

*2 ERR128~255 indicate the recent 128 serious errors. ERR128 is the latest error, ERR129 is the

later error, and so on.

*3 ERR256~383 indicate the last 128 common errors the last time PLC is powered on. ERR256 is

the last error, ERR257 is the previous error, and so on.

*4 ERR384~511 indicate the last 128 serious errors the last time PLC is powered on. ERR 384 is the

last error, ERR385 is the previous error, and so on.

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 141 -

Controller terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

3 TXD

2 RXD

5 GND

CPU304/CPU304EX/CPU306

RS485 communication cable

CPU306EX /308/504

RS485 communication cable

CPU506EA

RS485 communication cable

4.35 Kinco Inverter

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

FV100 FV100-2S-00156 RS485 on the CPU unit Kinco Inverter

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 142 -

◎ Serial Communication Parameters and Cables Production

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

FV100 FV100-2S-00156 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Parameters

HMI Setting

Default communication：9600bps，8，even，1；station：5

PLC Setting

A. Inverter operation panel menu

Key Name Function

MENU Programming / Exit key Enter or exit the programming status

ENTER Function / Data key Enter the submenu or confirm data

∧ Increase key Incremental data or function code

∨ Decrease key Decreasing the data or function code

SHIFT Shift key In edit mode, you can choose to modify the bit setting

data; in other states, you can switch the display status

parameters

M Multifunction key The key functions are set by b4.01

RUN Run key In the operation panel mode, press this key to run

STOP/RST Stop / Reset key Shutdown or fault reset

B.Inverter function code parameters

b3：Communication parameters

Function

Code

Name Range Minimum

unit

Factory

setting

Change machine

setting range

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 143 -

b3.00 Communication

Configuration

LED ones：Baud Rate Selection

0：4800BPS

1：9600BPS

2：19200BPS

3：38400BPS

4：115200BPS

5：125000BPS

LED tens：Data Format

0：1-8-2-N，RTU

1：1-8-1-E，RTU

2：1-8-1-O，RTU

3：1-7-2-N，ASCII

4：1-7-1-E，ASCII

5：1-7-1-O，ASCII

LED hundreds:Connection mode

0:Direct Cable Connection

（232/485）

1：MODEM(232)

1 001 X 0~155H

b3.01 Machine Address

0~127，0：Broadcast address 1 5 X 0~127

X：Operation can not be changed

C.Function code parameters of the inverter, control parameters and status parameters are mapped to

Modbus read and write registers; inverter control parameters and status parameters are virtual inverter

function code group; Function code group and its high byte register address map

correspondence shown in the following table

Inverter parameter group Mapped address high byte Inverter parameter group Mapped address high byte

A0 0x00 B2 0x0C

A1 0x01 B3 0x0D

A2 0x02 B4 0x0E

A3 0x03 C0 0x14

A4 0x04 C1 0x15

A5 0x05 D0 0x1E

A6 0x06 D1 0x1F

A7 0x07 D2 0x20

A8 0x08 U0 0x5A

B0 0x0A Control parameters group 0x32

B1 0x0B Status parameter group 0x33

Note：With function code parameter A3.02 example, the register address A3.02 to 0x0302, converted to

decimal number 770, so the HMI set the address to 770 + 1 = 771 (decimal)

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Internal system / external output node 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Internal system / external input node 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 144 -

Analog input data node 3X_bit 0.01-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

Data Node 4X_bit 0.01-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

4X single write data node 6X_bit 0.01-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

Analog Input Data Register ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD

Data register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD

Data register ------ 5X 1-65535 DDDDD

4X single write register ------ 6X 1-65535 DDDDD

Data register ------ 41X 1-65535 DDDDD

Data register ------ 43X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD

Data register ------ 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD

Data register ------ 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD

Notes：1.5X :Anti-byte；4X-DINV，3X-DINV: word high and low bit-reversed;

2.41X:Rewrite a single 16-length inverter function code parameter or control parameters,

parameter values after the drive is powered down to save;

3.43X-DINV:Rewrite multiple inverter function code parameter or control parameters, parameter

values after the drive is powered down to save;

◎Cables Production

RS485-2 communication cable

4.36 Kinco EB-MOD2P-01(Kinco Bus Bridge)

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on the CPU unit

RS485 on the CPU unit

FieldBus Bridge EB-MOD2P-01

RS422 on the CPU unit

Kinco EB-MOD2P-01

Modbus RTU

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

FieldBus

Bridge

EB-MOD2P-01

RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 145 -

RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

EB-MOD2P-01 RS232 communication

NOTE: Communication parameter must the same as the controller panel.

EB-MOD2P-01 RS485-4 communication

EB-MOD2P-01 RS485-2 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 146 -

◎Supported Device

EB-MOD2P-01

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Internal/External Output bit 0X1-60 ------ DDDDD

Internal/External Input bit 1X1-60 ------ DDDDD

Data Register bit 3X_bit1-60 ------ DDDDD

Data Register bit 4X_bit1-60 ------ DDDDD

Simulate Input Register bit ------ 3X1-60 DDDDD

Data Register ------ 4X1-60 DDDDD

Data Register ------ 5X1-60 DDDDD

Data Register ------ 6X1-60 DDDDD

Data Register ------ 3X-DINV 1-60 DDDDD

Data Register ------ 4X-DINV 1-60 DDDDD

NOTE：The correspondence between the device of EV5000 and the s7-300 software, as follows:

4X-DINV------------PID

e.g.：4X-DINV1------------PID256 4X-DINV3------------PID260

3X-DINV------------PQD

e.g.：3X-DINV1------------PQD256 3X-DINV3------------PQD260

4X -------------------PIW

e.g.：4X1 --------------------PIW256 4X2--------------------PIW258

3X--------------------PQW

e.g.：3X1---------------------PQW256 3X2---------------------PQW258

0X--------------------I

e.g.：0X1--------------------I0.0 0X9--------------------I1.0

1X--------------------Q

e.g.：1X1--------------------Q0.0 1X9--------------------Q1.0

4X_BIT -------------------PIW（binary）

e.g.：4X_BIT1.0~~1.15-------------------PIW256（binary）

3X_BIT--------------------PQW（binary）

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 147 -

e.g. ：3X_BIT1.0~~1.15--------------------PQW256（binary）

PLC software setting

Setup the GSD in the S7-300 software

Procedure ：

（1）.Close all stations in “HW Config”.

（2）.And select “option”-->”setup GSD”.

（3）. In the “installation *.GSD file” dialog box, select Source: folders contain *. GSD file, or the

STEP 7 project contain *. GSD file

（4）.Select one or more files from *.GSD file list, and then click on "install" button.

Copy the icon (. BMP file) to the relevant path, such as BRIDGE product：Bitmap_Device =

"EVIEW", that copy the "EVIEW" BMP file to the relevant path: c:\siemens\step7\s7data\nsbmp or

c:\siemens\cpbv51\bitmaps

After installation, you can find the appropriate symbol in "PROFIBUS DP\GATWAY".

Project configuration

（1）Use the guide to set up projects in the s7-300 software.

（2）Double click “DP” of "HW Config"->attribute->new

（3）After press “ok”, and then give a connection as follows：

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 148 -

NOTE: the address of DP can’t be the same as MPI’s. Double click the address number to change.

（4）Double click “GATEWAY"->"eview"->"B_MO1"to extend device.

NOTE: for project configuration of BRIDGE, you must configure DI/D0 resource of 12 bytes firstly.

AI/AO is optional.

（5）Must Use OB82,OB86,OB100,OB121,OB122 in the ladder program of the external device, otherwise

you need to manually operate the RUN switch of the external device as “RUN,STOP,RUN” in this order

upon restart the display or PLC. When you use those special OB block, the communication will be

automatically recovered even if you restart the display or PLC.

（6）Save and compile, and download to module, then the light of profibus is on.

（7）After configuration, and then you can program.

Bus Bridge setting:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 149 -

（1） Setting ID of Profibus by switching 8-bit Dip(DIP1 is lowest bit, DIP8 is highest bit),range is from 3

to 125;

ID must be the same as its configuration in Siemens software. As above picture for example, setting is “3”,

that the switch DIP1 and DIP2 on the panel of profibus are set ON, others are OFF.

（2）Profibus support baudrate as follows: 9.6Kbit/s, 19.2Kbit/s, 45.45Kbit/s, 93.75Kbit/s, 187.5Kbit/s,

0.5Mbit/s, 1.5Mbit/s, 3Mbit/s, 6Mbit/, 12Mbit/s，and interface is automatically adaptive.

（3）A cable (purple),connect DP interface of s7-300 and bus bridge of profibus. Two sides have active

terminal resistors; Switch on the s7-300 PLC is off, on the busbridge is on.

（4）Setting baudrate of modbus by switching DIP1-3 of modbus ID port, support 8 kinds of

baudrate .Setting as follows:

1 2 3 Baud

OFF OFF OFF 1200

ON OFF OFF 2400

OFF ON OFF 4800

ON ON OFF 9600

OFF OFF ON 19200

ON OFF ON 38400

OFF ON ON 57600

ON ON ON 115200

（5）Setting station number of modbus by switching DIP4-8 of modbus ID port ,support 1 to 30 kinds of

station number(DIP4 is lowest bit,DIP8 is highest bit, if DIP4 is on and DIP5~8 is off, it means station

number is 00001,that is No. 1 station).

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication cable

RS485-4 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 150 -

RS485-2 communication cable

4.37 Kinco Servo Series

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on the CPU unit

ED100

ED430

ED620

ED630

RS485 on port

CD420

CD430

CD620

RS232 on the CPU unit

Kinco Servo Series

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

ED100

ED430

ED620

ED630

RS485 on port RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

CD420

CD430

CD620

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; staion: 1

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 151 -

NOTE: If the servo controller to modify the station number, the servo power needed to restart, the station

number to take effect, otherwise the communication is incorrect.

RS485 communication

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Range Notes

word ———— 20 Refer to the kinco manual

word ———— 10 Refer to the kinco manual

word ———— 8 Refer to the kinco manual

NOTE: Use the touch screen, pay attention to the rules addressing. The specific reference to the following

description.

Touch-screen type of address: according to the number of bits to the servo. Can only be 20, 10, 8.

Address of the touch screen: master address, and sub address

For example, kinco servo drive manual on page 117, the address 2509, sub-address 06, median 20,

addressing the touch screen as shown:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 152 -

◎Cable Diagram

ED Series

RS232 communication cable

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female\male Controller terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

8Tx-

5 GND

2Rx+

7Rx-

3Tx+

com0/com1

1 RX-

5 GND

6 RX+

CD Series

RS232 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 153 -

4.38 Kinco Master & Kinco Slave(Master/Slave Protocol Connection)

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Kinco Master Kinco Master

Kinco Slave Kinco Slave

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

Kinco Master Setting Your owner cable

Kinco Slave Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

Kinco Master

Kinco Slave

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 154 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

B0 - 8999 ------ DDDD

------ W0 - 8999 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal

9pin D-SUB female

3TXD

2RXD

5 GND

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

4.39 Keyence Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

KV-16DT KV-16DT CPU Direct Keyence KV-16DT

KV-1000 KV-1000 CPU Direct Keyence KV-1000

KV-3000 KV-3000 CPU Direct Keyence KV-3000

KV-Nano Series KV-N60AT CPU Direct Keyence KV-N60AT/7000

◎Network communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

KV-5000 KV-5000 CPU Direct

KV-7000 KV-7500 CPU Direct

Keyence KV-5000/7000 EtherNet Slave

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

KV-16DT KV-16DT CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable

KV-1000 KV-1000 CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable

KV-3000 KV-3000 CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable

KV-Nano Series KV-N60AT CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

KV-5000 KV-5000 CPU Direct Ethernet

KV-7000 KV-7500 CPU Direct Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 155 -

◎Serial Communication Setting

Keyence KV-16DT protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0

Keyence KV-1000 protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0

Keyence KV-3000 protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0(Don’t support station No.)

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 156 -

Keyence KV-N60AT protocol

Default communication parameters， 9600bps, 8，even， 1,；station NO：0

RS232

PLC setting

1. In the [Confirm unit setting information] dialog box click [Yes], and the [Unit Editor] window will

display. On the [Select unit] tab, from the displayed list of units select “KV-N60”, then drag &drop to the

unit placement area. Configure the setup items as follows.

Operation Mode: KV STUDIO mode; Baud Rate: 9600 bps.

Note: 1. Timer and counter register must be programmed in the KV STUDIO software before it be used in

the HMI.

2. If the communication is slower, you can change the baud rate and the Protocol time out 1(ms)

◎Network Communication Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 157 -

Keyence KV-5000/7000 EtherNet Slave protocol

HMI Setting

PLC configuration

1. "Editor" window, click [Configure unit] in the "[0] KV-5000 R30000" to modify the IP address of

the PLC, PLC and PC in the same segment, modify the IP address of the test shown, click [confirm] to save

the modifications

2. Switch to the "Monitor" window to see the changes of the figure will pop up window, Click [PLC

transfer -> Monitor mode (T)], pop-up "transmission program [communication goals: KV-5000 path:

USB]", Click [implementation], content writing, once again view the "[0] KV-5000 R30000" in the PLC's

IP address in the "Monitor" window [unit configuration], This indicates that the address has been modified

over.

◎Supported Device

KV-16DT

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Counter Relay Counter_contact0- 59915 ------ DDDDD

Timer Relay Timer_contact0- 65535 ------ DDDDD

High speed counter CTH_contact0- 511 ------ DDD

High speed counter Comparator CTC_contact0- 511 ------ DDD

Relay Relay0- 32766 ------

DDDDD

Counter current ------ Counter_current0- 3915 DDDD

Counter preset ------ Counter_preset0- 65535 DDDDD

Timer current ------ Timer_current0- 65534 DDDDD

Timer preset ------ Timer_preset0- 11998 DDDDD

High speed counter ------ CTH_current0- 65534 DDDDD

High speed counter ------ CTH_preset0- 32766 DDDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 158 -

High speed counter Comparator ------ CTC_current0-65534 DDDDD

High speed counter Comparator ------ CTC_preset0- 32766 DDDDD

Data memory ------ DM0- 32766 DDDDD

Temporary data memory ------ TM0- 32766 DDDDD

Note: Non-supported batch transfer of bits or words for this protocol.

KV-1000

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Relay R0-59915

------ DDDDD

Control Relay CR0-3915 ------ DDDD

Internal auxiliary relay MR0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Latch Relay LR0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Data Memory ------ DM0-65534 DDDDD

Control Memory ------ CM0-11998 DDDDD

Temporary data memory ------ TM0-511 DDD

Extended Data memory ------ EM0-65534 DDDDD

Extended Data memory ------ FM0-32766 DDDDD

KV-3000

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Relay R0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD

Control Relay CR0-39.15 ------ DD.DD

Internal auxiliary relay MR0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD

Latch Relay LR0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD

Data Memory ------ DM0-65534 DDDDD

Control Memory ------ CM0-5999 DDDD

Temporary data memory ------ TM0-511 DDD

Extended Data memory ------ EM0-65534 DDDDD

Extended Data memory ------ FM0-32767 DDDDD

Note: PLC bit address without a decimal point in the distinction, in fact, the last two addresses

corresponding to the fractional part, makes a distinction between the touch screen.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 159 -

Example, PLC which corresponds to R009, the touch screen address is R0.09; PLC which corresponds to

R015, the touch screen address is R0.15.

KV-5000/7000

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Relay R0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD

Control Relay CR0-79.15 ------ DD.DD

Internal auxiliary relay MR0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD

Latch Relay LR0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD

Timer T0~3999 ------ DDDD

Counter C0~3999 ------ DDDD

Timer(Setting Value) ------ TS0~3999 DDDD

Timer(Current Value) ------ TC0~3999 DDDD

Counter(Setting Value) ------ CS0~3999 DDDD

Counter(Current Value) ------ CC0~3999 DDDD

Data Memory ------ DM0-65534 DDDDD

Control Memory ------ CM0-5999 DDDD

Temporary data memory ------ TM0-511 DDD

Extended Data memory ------ EM0-65534 DDDDD

Extended Data memory ------ FM0-32767 DDDDD

Note: PLC bit address without a decimal point in the distinction, in fact, the last two addresses

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 160 -

corresponding to the fractional part, makes a distinction between the touch screen.

KV-N60AT

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Relay R0-599.15 ------ DDD.DD

Control Relay CR0-89.15 ------ DD.DD

Internal auxiliary relay MR0-599.15 ------ DDD.DD

Latch Relay LR0-199.15 ------ DDD.DD

Link Relay B0-1FFF ------ HHHH

Work Relay VB0-1FFF ------- HHHH

Counter ------

C0-255 DDD

Timer ------

T0-511 DDD

Data Memory ------ DM0-32767 DDDDD

Control Memory ------ CM0-8999 DDDD

Temporary data memory ------ TM0-511 DDD

Link register ------ W0-3FFF HHHH

Working memory ------ VW0-9999 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

KV Series RS232 communication cable

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.40 Koyo Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

SM24-T RS232 on the CPU unit

KOYO

DIRECT DL06

DL105 RS232 on the port1

Koyo Direct

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 161 -

DL230

DL240

DL250

DL350

DL450

RS232\RS422 on the port2

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

SM24-T RS232 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

KOYO

DIRECT

DL05

DL06

DL105

DL230

DL240

DL250

DL350

DL450

RS232 on the port2

RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input I(X)0-477 ------ OOO

Output Q(Y)0-477 ------ OOO

variable M(C)0-377 ------ OOO

Timer Status T(T)0-177 ------ OOO

Counter Status C(CT)0-177 ------ OOO

Data Register ------ R(V)0-7777 OOOO

PLC software setting

1. The security password function must be disabled.

2. The COM port must adopt K sequence protocol.

3. Set the switch of the CPU with working mode setting switch to the TERM state.

◎Communication Setting

KOYO series RS232 communication setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 162 -

KOYO series RS485 communication setting

KOYO DL06 series RS422 communication setting

◎Cable Diagram

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 163 -

KOYO SM24-T series RS232 communication cable

KOYO SM24-T series RS485 communication cable

KOYO DL06 series RS232 communication cable

Controller PORT2

15 pin SVGA terminal

(male)

3 RX

2 TX

7 GND

4 RTS

5 CTS

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

KOYO DL06 series RS422 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 164 -

4.41 KTC Srdlink

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on CPU unit

SRD SRD2211 RS485 on CPU unit

RS232 on CPU unit

COM COM2023 RS485 on CPU unit

KTC SRDLINK

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

SRD SRD2211

RS485 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

COM COM2023

RS485 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

KTC RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 165 -

KTC RS485-2 communication

NOTE: Must modify communication parameter in the programming software.

◎Supported Device

Please refer to the PLC manual for details.

◎Cable Diagram

KTC RS232 communication cable

Direct connect (cable by KTC Corporation)

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 166 -

KTC RS485 communication cable

4.42 KYL Slave

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

KYL Slave KYL RS232 on the CPU unit KYL Slave

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

KYL Slave KYL RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

RS232

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 167 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Group close instruction LB0 ------ DD

Remote valve open operation LB1 ------ DD

Remote valve close operation LB2 ------ DD

Remote valve address set operation LB3 ------ DD

Set gain cunrrent state LB4 ------ DD

flase valve open LB8 ------ DD

flase valve close LB9 ------ DD

valve open feedback LB10 ------ DD

valve close feedback LB11 ------ DD

valve uncap alarm LB12 ------ DD

valve hypopiesis alarm LB13 ------ DD

Show current valve state LB14 ------ DD

Show valve state LB15 ------ DD

Station:1; LB

address

Group close instruction LB17 ------ DD

Remote valve open operation LB18 ------ DD

Remote valve close operation LB19 ------ DD

Remote valve address set operation LB20 ------ DD

Set gain cunrrent state LB24 ------ DD

flase valve open LB25 ------ DD

flase valve close LB26 ------ DD

valve open feedback LB27 ------ DD

valve close feedback LB28 ------ DD

valve uncap alarm LB29 ------ DD

valve hypopiesis alarm LB30 ------ DD

Staion:2, LB

address(LB is on

the base of

1station+16)

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 168 -

Show current valve state LB31 ------ DD

◎Cable Diagram

RS232

4.43 LENZE Inverter

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Lenze Lecom A/B EVF9323-EV RS232 on the CPU unit Lenze Lecom_AB

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Lenze

Lecom A/B EVF9323-EV RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

Lecom AB RS232 communication

Lecom AB RS485 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 169 -

◎Supported Device

Refer to the PLC software for details；Global drive control

Note：code_H: Data type is HEX

code_F: Data type is Floating

code_D: Data type is Decimal

◎Cable Diagram

Lecom AB RS232 communication cable

Controller terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

3 TXD

2 RXD

5 GND

Lecom AB RS485 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 170 -

4.44 LS Industrial Systems（LG）

◎Serial Communication

Series Type CPU Link Module Driver

K120S

K7M-DR10UE

K7M-DR20U

K7M-DT30U

K7M-DT40U

K7M-DT60U

Port1 on CPU unit

Port2 on CPU unit

Master-K

K200S K3P-07AS RS232 on the CPU unit

LS Master-K CPU Direct

LS Master-K Cnet

LS Master-K Modbus RTU

XGT XGK-CPUH

RS232 on the CPU unit LS XBC/XGK CPU Direct

XBC-DN64H

XBC-DR32H

XBC-DR40EB

XBC-DN30S Built-in RS-232C/RS-485 LS XBC/XGK Cnet

RS232 on the CPU unit LS XEC CPU Direct

XGB

XEC-DN20SU

XEC-DR32H

XEC-DN32UA Built-in RS-232C/RS-485 LS XEC CPU Cnet

RS232 on the CPU unit

G6L-CUEB

GM6

G6L-CUEC

RS232 on the CPU unit

G7L-CUEB

GLOFA GM

GM7

G7L-CUEC

LS GLOFA Cnet

iG5A SV008iG5A-2 RS485-2on the CPU unit LS iG5A

iG5 SV004IG5-1 RS485 on the CPU unit LS iG5

C100 LV0002C100-2N RS485-2on the CPU unit LS C100 Series Inverter

iGxA SV008IGXA-4 RS485-2on the CPU unit LS iGxA Series Inverter

iS7 SV0550-0750iS7-4 RS485-2on the CPU unit LS iS7 Series Inverter

Inverter

S100 LV0004S100-4EONNS RS485-2on the CPU unit LS S100 Series Inverter

The difference of LS Master-K CPU Direct、LS Master-K Cnet、LS Master-K Modbus RTU

Protocol PLC Setting Communication Mode Multi-station Baud(bps)

LS Master-K Cnet Switch the DIP2 to be

ON, DIP1 to be OFF

RS232/RS485 support 9600/19200

/38400

LS Master-K

MODBUS RTU

Switch the DIP2 to be

ON, DIP1 to be OFF

RS232/RS485 support 9600/19200

/38400

LS Master-K CPU

Direct

Switch the DIP1 and

DIP2 to be OFF

RS232 non-support 38400

◎Ethernet communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

GLOFA GM6-CPUA G6L-EUTP LS GLOFA FEnet

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 171 -

XGT XGK-CPUE XGL-EFMT LS XGT Ethernet

XGB XBC-DR60SU XBL-EMTA LS XBC FEnet Slave

◎Serial System Configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

Port1 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

K7M-DR10UE Port2 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

Port1 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

K120S

K7M-DR20U Port2 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

K200S K3P-07AS RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

XGT XGK-CPUH RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Built-in RS-232C RS232 Setting Your owner cable

XBC-DN64H

XBC-DR32H

XBC-DR40EB

XBC-DN30S Built-in RS-485 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Built-in RS-232C RS232 Setting Your owner cable

XGB

XEC-DN20SU

XEC-DR32H

XEC-DN32UA Built-in RS-485 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit

G6L-CUEB RS232 Setting Your owner cable

GM6

G6L-CUEC RS422/RS485 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit

G7L-CUEB RS232 Setting Your owner cable

GLOFA

GM7

G7L-CUEC RS422/RS485 Setting Your owner cable

iG5A SV008iG5A-2 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

iG5 SV004IG5-1 R485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

C100 LV0002C100-2

N on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet System Configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

GLOFA GM6-CPUA ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting

XGT XGK-CPUE XGL-EFMT ETH Setting

XGB XBC-DR60SU XBL-EMTA ETH Setting

Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

LS Master-K Cnet protocol

Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1

HMI Setting

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 172 -

RS485 communication

PLC setting

If click “Connect+Write+Run+Monitor Start”, it will give a “Cannot Change PLC Mode”. Need to let the

run light go out by manual control, and then download. After download, let the run light keep on.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 173 -

LS Master-K CPU Direct protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1

RS232 communication

NOTE: Only support 38400 baud rate for the protocol

LS Master-K Modbus RTU protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1

RS232 communication

PLC Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 174 -

If click “Connect+Write+Run+Monitor Start”, it will give a “Cannot Change PLC Mode”. Need to let the

run light go out by manual control, and then download. After download, let the run light keep on.

LS XBC/XGK CPU Direct protocol

Default communication: 115200, 8, none, 1; station: 0

RS232 communication

NOTE: Only support 115200 baud rate for the protocol; station number disable.

LS XBC/XGK Cnet protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 0

HMI Setting

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 175 -

RS485-2 communication

PLC Setting

1. “Tools”---“Network Manager” set communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 176 -

2. Communicating in the OPR mode

LS XEC CPU Direct

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters: 115200bps, 8, 1, none; PLC station No.:0

NOTE:Only support 115200 baud rate for the protocol; station number disable.

LS XEC Cnet protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters: 9600bps, 8, 1, none; PLC station No.:0

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 177 -

PLC Setting

1.PLC parameter settings:[Tools]-[Network Manager].

2. In the pop-up window “XG-PD”, creat a new file, select the correct CPU kind.

3.Double click the [ 00:Embedded Cnet], in the pop-up window “Standard Settings-Cnet” to set

communication.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 178 -

LS GLOFA Cnet protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 0

HMI Setting

RS232 communication

RS485-4 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 179 -

PLC Setting

1. Set the parameters of CPU module

Open GMWIN, “Parameters””Basic Parameters” set “Communication”:

2. Set the parameters of module

Take G6L-CUEC for example,

Open GMWIN, select ”Tool””Cnet Frame Editor”,

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 180 -

As G6L-CUEC is RS422/485 module, the channel should be selected “RS422 side”. After set the

parameters, click ”Online””Connect”, and then click ”Online””Write” after the communication is built,

pay attention to choose the correct Slot No..

The Slot No. is the I/O slot position where the communication module is. For example, G6L-CUEC is

plugged in the I/O 1, the Slot No. should be selected SLOT 1.

NOTE: Be sure to put the switch of the module to 9 (ON-LINE) position when communicating.

LS ig5A Protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication: 9600bps,8,none,1;PLC station:1

PLC Setting

Settings

paneldisplay AddrParameterdirections

0 Modbus RTU I59 A43BProtocol

1 LS BUS

I60 A43CStation1-250

0 1200[bps]

1 2400[bps]

I61 A43DBaudRate

2 4800[bps]

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 181 -

3 9600[bps]

4 19200[bps]

0 none，stop bit:1

1 none，stop bit:2

2 even，stop bit:1

I65 A441ParityCheck

3 odd，stop bit:1

The controller also supports the standard Modbus RTU protocol , set the agreement with

LS ig5A.

LS Ig5 Protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication：9600bps，8，none，1；station：1

PLC Setting

Setting in operation panel：

Code Name Display Range Unit Factory setting Change

I/O-46 Inverter No. I46 1 to 32 1 1 yes

I/O-47 Baud rate I47 0：1200bps

1：2400bps

2：4800bps

3：9600bps

4：19200bps

- 3：9600bps yes

I/O-50 Communication

protocol

I50 0：LS-BUS

1-6：MODBUS ASCII

7-9：MODBUS-RTU

7 yes

Note： Setting communication protocol in operation panel(0：LS-BUS),when use inverter

LS C100 Series Inverter Protocol

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 182 -

HMI Setting

Default communication:9600bps, 8，non，1；station：1

（Attention， parity check ：non ，no modification）

RS485

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

LS GLOFA FEnet protocol

GM6-CPU Setting

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

1. Modify the parameters of PLC: “Tools””Enet Frame Editor”, set the type as “FENET”:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 183 -

NOTE: Modify the IP address only via serial communication, and in the offline.

2. On the “Enet Editor” and select “Edit”, set the PLC series and IP address

3. On the “Option” and select “COM Port”, set the serial port of PC

4. Download: “Online””Connect””Write”

XGK-CPUE Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 184 -

HMI setting

PLC setting

1. PLC parameter settings: [Tools] - [ network management ] , in the pop-up window XG-PD ,

create a new file , select the correct CPU kind .

2. Double click the [ base 00 ], in the pop-up window [communication module Settings], select

the category FEnet .

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 185 -

3. Double click the FEnet, in the pop-up window [ Standard Settings] to set the IP address and

drive .

LS XBC FEnet Slave

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 186 -

PLC Setting

1.Open XG5000,new project aaa,choosing the right CPU ;

2.PLC parameter setting（IP setting）：

A.【Tools】→【Network Manager】,new project bbb in XG-PD,choosing the right CPU;

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 187 -

B.Right click【Base00】→【Add Communication Module】，Select FEnet;

C.Setting IP and Driver in【Standard Settings】;

3.Setting OK，writer parameters to PLC;

◎Supported Device

LS Master-K CPU Direct

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

I/O Relay P 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H

Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H

Link Relay L 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H

Keep Relay K 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H

Special Relay F 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H

Counter C 0-255 ------ DDD

Timer T 0-255 ------ DDD

I/O Relay ------ P 0-255 DDD

Auxiliary Relay ------ M 0-255

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 188 -

Link Relay ------ L 0-255

Keep Relay ------ K 0-255

Special Relay ------ F 0-255

S ------ S 0-255

Timer ------ T 0-255 DDDD

Counter ------ C 0-256 DDDD

Data Register ------ D 0-9999 DDDD

NOTE：F address: 01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the HMI;

F address: 2A in the PLC corresponds to 2.A in the HMI.

Other register addresses, and so on.

LS Master K-cnet

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

I/O Relay P 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H

Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H

Link Relay L 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H

Keep Relay K 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H

Special Relay F 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H

Counter C 0-255 ------ DDD

Timer T 0-255 ------ DDD

I/O Relay ------ P 0-255 DDD

Auxiliary Relay ------ M 0-255 DDD

Link Relay ------ L 0-255 DDD

Keep Relay ------ K 0-255 DDD

Special Relay ------ F 0-255 DDD

S ------ S 0-255 DDD

Timer ------ T 0-255 DDDD

Counter ------ C 0-256 DDDD

Data Register ------ D 0-9999 DDDD

LS Modbus RTU

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

I/O Relay P 0.0-1023.F ------ DDD.H

Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-1023.F ------ DDD.H

Link Relay L 0.0-2047.F ------ DDD.H

Keep Relay K 0.0-4095.F ------ DDD.H

Special Relay F 0.0-1023.F ------ DDD.H

Timer ------ T 0-255 DDD

Counter ------ C 0-255 DDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 189 -

Data Register ------ D 0-9999 DDDD

LS XGT_Cnet

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

File Relay R_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H

Data Relay D_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H

Communication Relay N_bit 0.0-5119.F ------ DDDD.H

Link Relay L_bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H

Index Relay Z_bit 0.0-624.F ------ DDD.H

Counter Contact Relay C_bit 0-9999 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact Relay T_bit 0-9999 ------ DDDD

Special Relay F_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H

Keep Relay K_bit 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H

Auxiliary Relay M_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H

I/O Relay P_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H

File Register ------ R_word 0-10239 DDDDD

Data Register ------ D_ word 0-10239 DDDDD

Communication Register ------ N_ word 0-9999 DDDD

Link Register ------ L_ word 0-9999 DDDD

Step Control Register ------ S_ word 0-9999 DDDD

Index Register ------ Z_ word 0-9999 DDDD

Counter ------ C_ word 0-9999 DDDD

Timer ------ T_ word 0-9999 DDDD

Special Register ------ F_ word 0-9999 DDDD

Keep Register ------ K_ word 0-9999 DDDD

Auxiliary Register ------ M_ word 0-9999 DDDD

I/O Register ------ P_ word 0-9999 DDDD

NOTE: Register T_bit and C_bit can not communicate batch

LS XBC/XGK CPU Direct

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

File Relay R_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H

Data Relay D_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H

Communication Relay N_bit 0.0-5119.F ------ DDDD.H

Link Relay L_bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H

Index Relay Z_bit 0.0-624.F ------ DDD.H

ZR_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 190 -

Counter Contact Relay C_bit 0-9999 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact Relay T_bit 0-9999 ------ DDDD

Special Relay F_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H

Keep Relay K_bit 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H

Auxiliary Relay M_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H

I/O Relay P_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H

File Register ------ R 0-10239 DDDDD

Data Register ------ D 0-10239 DDDDD

Communication Register ------ N 0-9999 DDDD

Link Register ------ L 0-9999 DDDD

Step Control Register ------ S 0-9999 DDDD

Index Register ------ Z 0-9999 DDDD

------ ZR 0-10239 DDDDD

Counter Set Value ------ C_ SV 0-9999 DDDD

Timer Set Value ------ T_ SV 0-9999 DDDD

Counter Current Value ------ C_ CV 0-9999 DDDD

Timer Current Value ------ T_ CV 0-9999 DDDD

Special Register ------ F 0-9999 DDDD

Keep Register ------ K 0-9999 DDDD

Auxiliary Register ------ M 0-9999 DDDD

I/O Register ------ P 0-9999 DDDD

LS XBC/XGK CPU Direct

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

A_Bit 0.0-8191.F

------- DDDD.H

Special Relay F_Bit 0.0-1023.F ------- DDDD.H

W_Bit 0.0-10239.F ------- DDDDD.H Same area with R

File Relay R_Bit 0.0-10239.F ------- DDDDD.H

Special module Relay U_Bit 0.0-511.F ------- DDD.H

Keep Relay K_Bit 0.0-4095.F ------- DDDD.H

Link Relay L_Bit 0.0-2047.F ------- DDDD.H

Auxiliary Relay M_Bit 0.0-4095.F ------- DDDD.H

Output Relay Q_Bit 0.0-1023.F ------- DDDD.H

Input Relay I_Bit 0.0-1023.F ------- DDDD.H

-------

A 0-8191 DDDD

Special Register ------- F 0-1023 DDDD

-------

W 0-10239 DDDDD

File Register ------- R 0-10239 DDDDD

Special module Register ------- U 0-511 DDD

Keep Register ------- K 0-4095 DDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 191 -

Link Register ------- L 0-2047 DDDD

Auxiliary Reguster ------- M 0-4095 DDDD

Output Register ------- Q 0-1023 DDDD

Input Register ------- I 0-1023 DDDD

LS XEC CPU Direct

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

A_Bit 0-262143

------- DDDDDD

Special Relay F_Bit 0-16383 ------- DDDDD

W_Bit 0-163839

------- DDDDDD Same area with R

File Relay R_Bit 0-163839 ------- DDDDDD

Communication Relay N_Bit 0-81919 ------- DDDDD

Special module Relay U_Bit 0-8191 ------- DDDD

Keep Relay K_Bit 0-65535 ------- DDDDD

Link Relay L_Bit 0-32767 ------- DDDDD

Auxiliary Relay M_Bit 0-131071 ------- DDDDDD

Output Relay Q_Bit 0-16383 ------- DDDDD

Input Relay I_Bit 0-16383 ------- DDDDD

-------

A 0-16383 DDDDD

Special Register ------- F 0-1023 DDDD

-------

W 0-10239 DDDDD

File Register ------- R 0-10239 DDDDD

Communication Register ------- N 0-5119 DDDD

Special module Register ------- U 0-511 DDD

Keep Register ------- K 0-4095 DDDD

Link Register ------- L 0-2047 DDDD

Auxiliary Reguster ------- M 0-8191 DDDD

Output Register ------- Q 0-1023 DDDD

Input Register ------- I 0-1023 DDDD

LS XEC Cnet

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

A_Bit 0-524287

------- DDDDDD

Special Relay F_Bit 0-32767 ------- DDDDD

W_Bit 0-524287

------- DDDDDD Same area with R

File Relay R_Bit 0-262143 ------- DDDDDD

Special module Relay U_Bit 0-15511 ------- DDDDD

Keep Relay K_Bit 0-131071 ------- DDDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 192 -

Link Relay L_Bit 0-65535 ------- DDDDD

Auxiliary Relay M_Bit 0-262143 ------- DDDDDD

Communication Relay N_Bit 0-163839 ------- DDDDD

Output Relay Q_Bit 0-151563 ------- DDDDDD

Input Relay I_Bit 0-151563 ------- DDDDDD

-------

A 0-32767 DDDDD

Special Register ------- F 0-2047 DDDD

-------

W 0-32767 DDDDD

File Register ------- R 0-16383 DDDDD

Special module Register ------- U 0-1531 DDDD

Keep Register ------- K 0-8191 DDDD

Communication Register ------- N 0-10239 DDDD

Link Register ------- L 0-4095 DDDD

Auxiliary Reguster ------- M 0-16383 DDDD

Output Register ------- Q 0-15153 DDDDD

Input Register ------- I 0-15153 DDDDD

1. The address format of %UX is D.DD.DDD (0.0.0-0.15.511) in the PLC, it correspond to

DDDDD (0-15511) in the HMI. And the %UX 0.m.n in the PLC is U_Bit m*512+n in the

HMI.

For example,

Internal address: %UX 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to U_Bit 512 in the HMI

Internal address: %UX 0.15.511 in the PLC correspond to U_Bit 8191 in the HMI

Similarly, the %UW 0.0.0-0.15.511 in the PLC correspond to U_Word 0-1531 in the HMI.

The %UW 0.m.n in the PLC is U_Word m*32+n.

For example,

Internal address: %UW 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to U_Word 32 in the HMI

Internal address: %UW 0.15.31 in the PLC correspond to U_Word 511 in the HMI

2. The address format of %QX/IX is DD.DD.DD (0.0.0-15.15.63) in the PLC, it correspond to

DDDDDD (0-151563) in the HMI. And the %QX/IX a.b.c in the PLC is Q_Bit/I_Bit

a*1024+b*64+c in the HMI.

For example,

Internal address: %QX/IX 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to Q_Bit/I_Bit 64 in the HMI

Internal address: %QX/IX 15.15.63 in the PLC correspond to Q_Bit/I_Bit 16383 in the HMI

Similarly, the %QW/IW 0.0.0-15.15.3 in the PLC correspond to Q_Word/I_Word 0-15153 in

the HMI. The %QW/IW a.b.c in the PLC is Q_Word/I_Word a*64+b*4+c.

For example,

Internal address: %QW/IW 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to Q_Word/I_Word 4 in the HMI

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 193 -

Internal address: %QW/IW 15.15.63 in the PLC correspond to Q_Word/I_Word 1023 in the

HMI

LS GLOFA Cnet

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Buffer Memory(Bit) MX0-32767 ------ DDDDD

Output(Bit) QX0-1763 ------ DDDD

Input(Bit) IX0-1763 ------ DDDD

Buffer Memory(Dword) ------ MD0-16368 DDDDD

Output(Dword) ------ QD0.0-17.1 DD.D

Input(Dword) ------ ID0.0-17.1 DD.D

Buffer Memory(Word) ------ MW0-32767 DDDDD

Output(Word) ------ QW0.0-17.3 DD.D

Input(Word) ------ IW0.0-17.3 DD.D

LS GLOFA FEnet

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Buffer Memory(Bit) MX0-131056 ------ DDDDD

Output(Bit) QX0-1763 ------ DDDD

Input(Bit) IX0-1763 ------ DDDD

Buffer Memory(Dword) ------ MD0-4095 DDDD

Output(Dword) ------ QD0.0-17.1 DD.D

Input(Dword) ------ ID0.0-17.1 DD.D

Buffer Memory(Word) ------ MW0-8191 DDDD

Output(Word) ------ QW0.0-17.3 DD.D

Input(Word) ------ IW0.0-17.3 DD.D

NOTE:

1. The address format of %QX\IX is DD.D.DD (00.0.00~63.7.63) in the PLC, it correspond to DD D DD

(0~63763) in the HMI; Note that put 0 before the address if the address is less than two bits.

For example,

Internal address : %QX\IX 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QX\IX 301 in the HMI;

Internal address : %QX\IX 1.4.63 in the PLC correspond to QX\IX 1463 in the HMI;

2. The address format of %QD\ID is D.D.D (0.0.0~1.7.1) in the PLC, it correspond to D D.D (0.0~17.1) in

the HMI;

For example,

Internal address : %QD\ID 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QD\ID 3.1 in the HMI;

Internal address : %QD\ID 1.5.1 in the PLC correspond to QD\ID 15.1 in the HMI;

3. The address format of %QW\IW is D.D.D (0.0.0~1.7.3) in the PLC, it correspond to D D.D (0.0~17.3) in

the HMI;

For example,

Internal address : %QW\IW 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QW\IW 3.1 in the HMI;

Internal address : %QW\IW 1.5.3 in the PLC correspond to QW\IW 15.3 in the HMI;

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 194 -

LS iG5A protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Bits AB 0.0-65535.F

------- DDDDD

Words -------

AW 0-65535 DDDDD

NOTE:

1、The representation of address is hexadecimal in the Inverter User's Manual , used in

the project must be converted to decimal.Such as universal domain address

0000 corresponds to AW0，The address of the function list A100 corresponds

AW41216.

2、Register more than eight consecutive addresses will not be properly read.

3、Some address may affect the surrounding register read, should used separately：

H8andH10，H42andH44,do not show put together

H20，H30，H36，H37，H42，H50，H51，H52，H70，H90

F30，F37，F60，I27，I57

MODUS RTU protocol（support LS iG5A）

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Read Holding Registers ------- 3X 1-65535

DDDDD

Read Input Registers ------- 4X 1-65535

DDDDD

NOTE:

Inverter address converted to decimal, the address of the function list A100

corresponds AW41216.

Modbus address starting from 1, the general field of 0000 address is inaccessible.

LS C100 Series Inverter protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

------ Fbr 0 D

------ rEF 0 D

------ Fra 0 D

------ drv2 0 D

------ drC 0 D

------ nOn 0 D

------ vOL 0 D

------ dCL 0 D

------ rPM 0 D

------ CUr 0 D

------ St3 0 D

------ St2 0 D

------ St1 0 D

------ Frq 0 D

------ drv 0 D

Driver

------ dEC 0 D

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 195 -

------ ACC 0 D

------ DRIVER_0 0 D

I/O ------ I 0-87 DD

Funcation 1 ------ F0-72 DD

Funcation 2 ------ H0-95 DD

LS XBC FEnet Slave protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

I/O Relay P_Bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H

Link Relay L_Bit 0.0-11263.F ------ DDDDD.H

Counter Contact Relay C_Bit 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact Relay T_Bit 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Special Relay F_Bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H

Keep Relay K_Bit 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H

Auxiliary Relay M_Bit 0-8191.F ------ DDDD.H

Analog Data ------ U_Word 0.00-127.31 DDD.DD

------ ZR_Word 0-65535 DDDDD

File Register ------ R_Word 0-32767 DDDDD

Data Register ------ D_Word 0-32767 DDDDD

Communication Register ------ N_Word 0-21503 DDDDD

Counter Register ------ C_Word 0-2047 DDDD

Timer Register ------ T_Word 0-2047 DDDD

Link Register ------ L_Word 0-11263 DDDDD

Step Control Register ------ S_Word 0-127 DDD

Index Register ------ Z_Word 0-127 DDD

Special Register ------ F_Word 0-2047 DDDD

Keep Register ------ K_Word 0-4095 DDDD

Auxiliary Register ------ M_Word 0-2047 DDDD

I/O Register ------ P_Word 0-2047 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram

LS Master-K Cnet/ LS Master-K Modbus RTU protocol

RS232 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 196 -

RS485-2 communication cable

LS Master-K CPU Direct protocol

RS232 communication cable

LS XBC/XGK/XEC CPU Direct protocol

RS232 communication cable

LS XBC/XGK/XEC Cnet protocol

RS232 programming cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 197 -

RS232 communication cable

RS485 communication cable

LS GLOFA Cnet protocol

RS232 communication cable

RS422 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 198 -

NOTE: Be sure to put the switch of the module to 9 (ON-LINE) position when communicating.

LS iG5A protocol

Ethernet Cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

LS C100 Series Inverter protocol

4.45 LUST

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

CDE34.008 CDE34.008 RS232 on the CPU unit LustBus

◎Network communication (direct online simulation disable)

Series CPU Link Module Driver

ServoOne junior Lust ETH on the CPU Lust Ethernet Slave

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 199 -

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

CDE34.008 CDE34.008 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

ServoOne junior Lust ETH on the CPU ETH Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

Lustbus RS232 default communication: 57600, 7, even, 1; station: 1

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 200 -

The way to change IP of Servo drive system

Plug the 24-volt power supply on the X2, plug the network cable on the X9.

Refer to the map, press the T1 or T2 to modify the IP

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 201 -

Parameter b3 b2 b1 b0

int 192 168 39 5

Initial IP hex C0 A8 27 05

int 192 168 100 240

Modified IP hex C0 A8 64 F0

Parameter b3 b2 b1 b0

int 192 168 39 5

Initial IP hex C0 A8 27 05

int 192 168 100 240

Modified IP hex C0 A8 64 F0

The following description of specific processes, after the servo power

D1 D2

5. 1.

Press key T1 of about 1s

D1 D2

P R

Press key T1 of about 1s

D1 D2

I P

Press key T2 of about 1s

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 202 -

D1 D2

l u

Press key T2 of about 1s

D1 D2

b 0

Press key T2 of about 1s

D1 D2

b 0

1s at about T2 button to display the value of d0, the initial value is 05

D1 D2

0 5

Press T1, respectively, and T2, you can adjust the value of b0, After release, while at T1 and T2 key until

the display or can be, Then press and T1 and T2, also show b0, then press the key T1 of about 1s,can switch

to b2, empathy can be modified the value of b2, b3, b4, modify the good, the same press T1 and T2 until

display “or” (where press T1 and T2 at the same time is the key to save and exit).

Well, after the change, restart the power, and then ping.

After the software is connected

◎Supported Device

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 203 -

CDE34.008

Refer to the Controller software for details: DriveManager for c-line drives

ServoOne junior

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Array_DWord32 ———— 0.00000-32767.65535 DDDDD.DDDDD

Array_DWord16 ———— 0.00000-32767.65535 DDDDD.DDDDD

DWord32 ———— 0-32767 DDDDD

Word16 ———— 0-32767 DDDDD

Note: Array_DWord32/Array_DWord16 the address format is the primary address + decimal point +

sub-address, such as the address for the save as shown below, the main address is 11, sub-address is 0, the

data type is int16, then the touch screen corresponding to the address is Array_DWord16 11.00000.

The primary address is 11, sub-address is 1, the data type is int16, then the touch screen corresponding to

the address is Array_DWord16 11.00001. In addition, INT8 address, select Word16, but also through the

conversion can be displayed, as should show -3, while the display 253, which can be done in the macro

data conversion, so 253-256 = -3, that is in need of special address type conversion .

◎Cable Diagram

Lustbus RS232 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 204 -

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.46 Memory map

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

BMS005A-MC11 BMS005A-MC11 RS422 on the CPU unit MemoryMap(Master-Slave)

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

BMS005A-MC11 BMS005A-MC11 RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner

cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication: 57600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

PLC Setting

Please refer to the manual of PLC for the configuration.

◎Supported Device

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 205 -

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

LW.B 8000.0-8999.15 -------- DDDD.DD

-------- LW8000-8999 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram

4.47 MEGMEET

◎Serial Communication

◎ Serial Communication Parameters and Cables Production

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

MEGMEET

MC280

MC280-1616

BTA4

RS232 on the CPU

unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎ Serial Communication Parameters

HMI Setting

Default communication:9600bps, 8，even，1；station：1

RS232

Series CPU Link Module Driver

MEGMEET MC280 MC280-1616BTA4 RS232 on the CPU unit MEGMEET MC Series

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 206 -

RS485

PLC Setting

1.Open X_builder,New project，select PLC type（MC280）

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 207 -

2.Open System block→Comm Port,set comm port（support Modbus）

（1）Port0 setting（RS232）

（2）Port1andPort2 setting（RS485）

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 208 -

Notes：Using X_builder，Main routine cannot be empty

◎ Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X 0-377 ------ OOO R

Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ OOO

Internal Relay M 0-10239 ------ DDDDD

Special Relay SM 0-511 ------ DDD

Step Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Timer Relay T_BIT 0-511 ------ DDD

Counter Relay C_BIT 0-306 ------ DDD

Data register ------ D 0-7999 DDDD

Special Register ------ SD 0-511 DDD

Index Register ------ Z 0-15 DD

Timer ------

T_Word 0-511 DDD

Counter ------

C_Word 0-199 DDD

Counter(double word) ------ C_DWord 200-306 DDD

------

R 0-32767 DDDDD

------ R_DWord 0-32767 DDDDD

Special Register(double word) ------ SD_DWord 0-511 DDD

Data register(double word) ------ D_DWord 0-7999 DDDD

◎ Cables Production

RS232

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 209 -

RS485

4.48 Mikom

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on the CPU unit

MX2H MX2H-3232M RS485 on port Mikom MXxh

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

Port 0 RS232 Setting Your owner cable

MX2H MX2H-3232M Port 1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters 19200, 7, 1, even；Station：1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 210 -

PLC Setting

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Input Relay X 0-777 OOO

Output Relay Y 0-777 OOO

Counter C_bit 0-511 DDD

Timer T_bit 0-511 DDD

Status Relay S 0-1535 DDDD

Special Relay SM 0-511 DDD

Internal Relay M 0-4095 DDDD

Data register D 0-7999 DDDD

Special Register(double word) SD 0-511 DDD

Index Register Z 0-255 DDD

Timer T_word 0-255 DDD

Counter C_word 0-199 DDD

NOTE: The PLC MODBUS protocol does not support double-word data type, so the protocol

does not support the bulk of the word read and write .

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 211 -

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 Communication

RS485-2 Communication

4.49 Millenium3

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on the CPU unit

Millenium 3 Millenium 3 RS485 on the CPU unit Millenium 3

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Millenium 3 Millenium 3

RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters 115200, 7, 1, even；Station：1

RS232 Communication:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 212 -

RS485-2 Communication：

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

◎Cable Diagram

RS232

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 213 -

Users need to make the communication cable for M3 and HMI (region of red marquee as shown above)

M3 communicate with COM0/COM1 of HMI, the cable connection is as follow:

NOTE: Provide 5V DC high level for the pin 4 of M3 9-pin D-Sub.

RS485-2

4.50 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

CPU Direct

FX□□-422-BD*3 Mitsubishi FX1S*2

FX0S

FX1S

FX0N

FX1N

FX2

FX3S

FX□□-485-BD *3

FX□□-485-ADP*3

Mitsubishi FX1S*2

Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD

(Multi-station) *1

CPU Direct

FX□□-422-BD*3 Mitsubishi FX 2N/3G*2

FX□□-485-BD*3

FX□□-485-ADP*3

FX1NC

FX2N

FX2NC

FX3SA FX□□-232-BD*3

Mitsubishi FX2N/3G*2

Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD

(Multi-station) *1

FX2N-10GM

FX2N-20GM CPU Direct Mitsubishi FX2N_10GM/20GM

CPU Direct

FXCPU

FX3U

FX3UC FX□□-422-BD*3 Mitsubishi FX3U*2

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 214 -

FX□□-485-BD*3

FX□□-485-ADP*3

FX□□-232-BD*3

Mitsubishi FX3U*2

Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD

(Multi-station) *1

FX5U-32M RS422 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi FX5U

FX3G

FX3GE CPU Direct Mitsubishi FX2N/3G*2

RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q00J (CPU Port)

Q00jCPU

QJ71C24

QJ71C24-R2

QJ71C24N

QJ71C24N-R2

QJ71C24N-R4

1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)

2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q

RS232 on the CPU unit

Q00CPU

Q01CPU

QJ71C24

QJ71C24-R2

QJ71C24N

QJ71C24N-R2

QJ71C24N-R4

1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)

2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q

Q01UCPU

Q03UDCPU

Q06UDHCPU

RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port)

Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4

Q02CPU

Q02HCPU

Q25HCPU

QJ71C24

QJ71C24-R2

QJ71C24N

QJ71C24N-R2

QJ71C24N-R4

1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)

2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q

Q12HCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4

Q00UJCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)

Q02UCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Melsec Q

QCPU

Q06HCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q06H

Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4

L02CPU LJ71C24-CM

LCPU L02SCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)

NOTE: 1. *1 The protocol support multi-station

2. *2 The protocol don’t support multi-station

3. *3 □□means the module that is suitable for the PLC

4. *4 The protocol support to modify the device points, only to support Q06HCPU and

Q02HCPU.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 215 -

◎Network Communication (Direct online simulation disable)

Series CPU Link Module Driver

FX3GE-24M Ethernet port on CPU unit

FX3U-32M FX3U-ENET-L

Mitsubishi FX Series Ethernet(TCP

Slave)

FXCPU

FX5U-32MT/ES Ethernet port on CPU uni Mitsubishi FX5U Series Ethernet(TCP

Slave)

Q00CPU

Q00JCPU

Q01CPU

Q02CPU

Q02HCPU

Q06HCPU

Q12HCPU

Q25HCPU

Q03UDECPU

Q04UDEHCPU

Q06UDEHCPU

Q13UDEHCPU

Q26UDEHCPU

QJ71E71

QJ71E71-B2

QJ71E71-B5

QJ71E71-100

QCPU

Q02UCPU

Q03UDCPU

Q04UDHCPU

Q06UDHCPU

Q13UDHCPU

Q26UDHCPU

QJ71E71

QJ71E71-B2

QJ71E71-B5

QJ71E71-100

Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet Slave

LCPU L02CPU

L26CPU-BT Ethernet port on CPU unit

QCPU

Q03UDECPU

Q04UDEHCPU

Q26UDV CPU

Ethernet port on CPU unit

Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP

Slave)

◎ Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM

Type Parameter Cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit

FX□□-422-BD RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

FX0S

FX1S

FX0N

FX1N

FX2

FX3S

FX□□-485-BD

FX□□-485-ADP RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit

FX□□-422-BD RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

FXCPU

FX1NC

FX2N

FX2NC FX□□-485-BD RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 216 -

FX□□-485-ADP FX3SA

FX□□-232-BD RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable FX2N-10GM

FX2N-20GM RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable FX3G

FX3GE

RS485 on the CPU unit

RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable RS485 on the CPU unit

FX□□-422-BD RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

FX□□-485-BD

FX□□-485-ADP RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

FX3UC

FX3U

FX□□-232-BD RS232 Setting Your owner cable

FX5U RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

Q00jCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Q00CPU

Q01CPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

QJ71C24

QJ71C24-R2

QJ71C24N

QJ71C24N-R2

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Q00jCPU

Q00CPU

Q01CPU

Q02CPU

Q02HCPU

Q03UDCPU

Q25HCPU

QJ71C24

QJ71C24N

QJ71C24N-R4

RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

Q00UJCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Q02CPU

Q02HCPU

Q01UCPU

Q02UCPU

Q03UDCPU

Q06HCPU

Q06UDHPU

Q25HCPU

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Melsec Q

Q06HCPU

Q12HCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 Your owner cable

L02CPU LJ71C24-CM RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

LCPU

L02SCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

FX3GE-24M Ethernet port on CPU

unit

FX3U-32M FX3U-ENET-L

Ethernet Setting Your owner cable FXCPU

FX5U-32MT/E Ethernet port on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 217 -

S unit

Q00CPU

Q00JCPU

Q01CPU

Q02CPU

Q02HCPU

Q06HCPU

Q12HCPU

Q25HCPU

Q03UDECPU

Q04UDEHCPU

Q06UDEHCPU

Q13UDEHCPU

Q26UDEHCPU

QJ71E71

QJ71E71-B2

QJ71E71-B5

QJ71E71-100

Ethernet

Melsec Q

Q02UCPU

Q03UDCPU

Q04UDHCPU

Q06UDHCPU

Q13UDHCPU

Q26UDHCPU

QJ71E71

QJ71E71-B2

QJ71E71-B5

QJ71E71-100

Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

MELSEC L L02CPU

L26CPU-BT

Ethernet port on CPU

unit Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

QCPU Q26UDV CPU

Q04UDEHCPU

Q03UDECPU

Ethernet port on CPU

unit

Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

Mitsubishi FX1S、Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G、Mitsubishi FX3U protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 218 -

RS422 communication

HMI Setting

When using the Mitsubishi FX1S、Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G、Mitsubishi FX3U protocol, PLC

configuration is as follow:

Don’t select “Operate communication setting”, and click “default”

NOTE:

1. If you do not use the multi-station when using communication module, you can choose the protocol of

Mitsubishi FX1S、Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G、Mitsubishi FX3U etc. according to the PLC model

2. Make sure that the value of D8120 is 0 when using the communication module

Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD (Multi-station) protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 2; station: 0

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 219 -

PLC Setting

Select the “Operate communication setting”

NOTE:

1. FX0N series don’t support the “Operate communication setting”, but the communication parameters can

be modified by setting the value of D8120、D8121、D8129

2. If series of PLC is FX3U/3UC, you must select “CH1”

3. Select the “Dedicated protocol” and check “Sum check” option, Transmission control procedure must be

Form4

4. If you use the FX□□-232-BD module, set H/W type to Regular/RS-232C; if you use the FX□□

-485-BD/FX□□-485-ADP module, set H/W type to RS-485

The communication parameters can be modified by setting the value of D8120/D8121/D8129

Special register Description

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 220 -

D8120 Communication format

D8121 Station number

D8129 Overtime

For example

The communication parameters of PLC as follow:

Communication format: 9600bps, 7, even, 2;

Station No.:1;

H/W type: RS485;

Time out: 1

Set the value of D8120/D8121/D8129:

D8120=0xE08E；

D8121=1；

D8129=1；

NOTE: Restart the PLC after setting the value of D8120.

FX2N-10G/20GM protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 0

RS232 communication

RS422 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 221 -

Mitsubishi FX5U protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

PLC Setting：Set the same parameters as the HMI dose.

Mitsubishi Q00J (CPU Port) protocol

HMI Setting

Default parameters: 19200, 8, odd, 1; Station No.: 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect to

one PLC)

RS232 communication

NOTE：

1、 If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It

is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.

2、 This drives support password protection model Q00J.

Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port) protocol

HMI Setting

Default parameters :115200, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect

to one PLC)

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 222 -

NOTE: If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It

is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.

Mitsubishi Q06H 、Mitsubishi Q06Hv2 protocol

HMI Setting

Default parameters :115200, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect

to one PLC)

RS232 communication

NOTE: If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It

is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.

Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) & Mitsubishi Melsec Q protocol

HMI Setting

Default parameters :9600, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 223 -

RS422 communication

The differences of Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)、Mitsubishi Melsec Q:

1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) protocol advantage is communication speed

2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q protocol advantages is that it support RS232 and RS485 communication modules,

disadvantage is that communication is slow.

HMI Setting

1. CPU port communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 224 -

2. C24 module communication

a. “Parameter” double-click “PLC parameter”, select “I/O assignment”.

b. Click “type” to select “intelligent”

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 225 -

c. Click “switch setting” and set

Setting the intelligent function unit switch

switch content example

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 226 -

Switch1 CH1:transmission rate, transmission setting

0BEEH

115Kbps

8 bit

1 bit

even

Switch2 CH1:communication protocol MC protocol type5 binary 0005H

Switch3 CH2:transmission rate, transmission setting (the same as switch 1) 0BEEH

Switch4 CH2:communication protocol MC protocol type5 binary 0005H

Switch5 Station No. setting 0~31 0000H

If the communication parameters of CH2 485 is 19200/8/odd/1, station:0, set as follows “switch setting”

in “PLC parameters” and “I/O assignment”.

If the communcation parameters of CH1 232 is 19200/8/odd/1, station:0, set as follows “switch setting” in

“PLC parameters” and “I/O assignment”.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 227 -

NOTE: After setting the switches, reset the PLC or turn the power off and then back on again.

◎Network Communication Setting

Mitsubishi FX Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

NOTE:Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism

PLC Setting

FX3GE-24M

1. Double click“PLC Parameters”，select“Built-in Ethernet Port Settings”，the parameters

configuration as follow:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 228 -

2. Click “Open Setting”, the parameters configuration as follow:

NOTE: Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism

FX3U-ENET-L

1. Open“FX3U-ENET-L Configuration Tool”，the parameters configuration as follow:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 229 -

3. Click“Operational settings”，the parameters configuration as follow:

4. Click“Open settings”，the parameters configuration as follow:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 230 -

NOTE: Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism

Mitsubishi FX5U Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

NOTE: 1.Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism

2.PLC station must be 255

PLC Setting

1. Click”Parameter”‐‐‐‐“FX5UCPU”‐‐‐‐“ModuleParameter”‐‐‐‐“EthernetPort”

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 231 -

2. Inthe“EthernetPort”SettingItemList‐‐‐“ExternalDeviceConfiguration”,click“DetailedSetting”.

3. PopuptheEthernetDevice(General)list,choose“SLMPConnectionModule”,andsetTCPProtocol,

PortNo.:1025,thenClosewithReflectingtheSetting.

NOTE: 1.Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism

Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet protocol

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 232 -

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

1. Network parameters

[network type] select "Ethernet"; [start I/O] is a hexadecimal number increments & H10, you can select "0";

[network number] range is 1-239, generally set at the network level, only a layer of the network, so set to

"1"; [Group number] range is 0-32, select "0"; [station number] range 1-64, 1 occupied by the computer

side, can be set to 2-64, the example is set to "2" ; [Model] Select "online". Next, click [operation], set the

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 233 -

IP address of the dialog box pops up, in part by the network to determine the first three, the fourth part of

the free use of the network number. One thing to note is that the figure of [the initial time setting] to choose

"Always wait to open" (stop when communication), or Ethernet port is not open external device. Click [end

set] button to save the settings.

2. Operational settings

3. Open settings

In line 1 [protocol] selection "UDP" protocol; and that [open in pairs] option select "pairs", system will be

prompted to

selection is confirmed, the parameters of line 2 will be self-generated, so as to form a two-way

communication. PLC's port and PC port range is & H401 - & HFFFF, the example is set to & H1000, PC's

IP address is your computer's IP. Click [End set] to save, and form an Ethernet module and host two-way

communication channel.

4. Just write to set the PLC in the main menu selection [online]->"PLC write", the "PLC/network

parameters" in the content downloaded to the PLC, the correct execution, the writing on the work of the

Ethernet parameters completed.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 234 -

Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

L02:

HMI Setting

NOTE:

1. PLC station number must be 255

2. Data format of Port number is decimalism

PLC Setting

Double click “PLC parameters”, select “Built-in Ethernet Port Settings”

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 235 -

Click “Open Setting”, the parameters configuration as follow:

NOTE: Host Station Port No. will be set by the selected format.

Q03UDE CPU :

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 236 -

NOTE:

1. PLC station number must be 255

2. Data format of Port number is decimalism

PLC Setting

Click “Open Setting”, the parameters configuration as follow:

NOTE: Host Station Port No. will be set by the selected format.

◎Supported Device

FX1S

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 237 -

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X 00-764 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y 00-764 ------ OOO

Internal Relay M 000-7999 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact T 00-511 ------ DDD

Counter Contact C 00-255 ------ DDD

Data Contact D_bit 0.0-7999.F ------ DDDD.H

State S 000-4095

------ DDDD

Timer Value ------ T_word 00-511 DDD

Counter Value ------ C_word 00-199 DDD

Data Register ------ D_word 000-17999 DDDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD_word 8000-8255 DDDD

Counter Value ------ C_dword 235-255 DDD 32 bit device

FX0N/FX1N/2N/3G

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X 000-377 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y 000-377 ------ OOO

Internal Relay M 0000-3071 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact T_bit 000-255 ------ DDD

Counter Contact C_bit 000-199 ------ DDD

Special Internal Relay SM 8000-8255 ------ DDDD

State S 000-999

------ DDD

Timer Value ------ T_word 000-255 DDD

Counter Value ------ C_word 000-199 DDD

Data Register ------ D 0000-7999 DDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD 8000-8255 DDDD

Counter Value ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD 32 bit device

FX2N-10GM/20GM

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X 00-571 ------ OO *1

Output Relay Y 00-571 ------ OO *1

Internal Relay M 000-7999 ------ DDD *1

Special Internal Relay SM9000-9999 ------ DDDD *1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 238 -

Data Register ------ D 0-7999 DDDD *2

Special Data Register ------ SD 9000-9999 DDDD *2

Special Data Register ------ FD 4000-4550 DDDD *2

Current Position(System) ------ CP_unit 0-1 D

Current Position(Pulse) ------ CP_puls 0-1 D

NOTE:

*1 Don’t support batch

*2 Support batch

FX3UC

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X000-764 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y000-764 ------ OOO

Timer Contact T_bit 000-511 ------ DDD

Counter Contact C_bit 000-255 ------ DDD

Data Contact D_bit0.0-7999.F ------ DDDD.H

State S0000-4095

------ DDDD

Internal Relay M0000-7999 ------ DDDD

Special Internal Relay SM8000-8511 ------ DDDD

Timer Value ------ T_word 000-511 DDD

Counter Value ------ C_word 000-199 DDD

Data Register ------ D_word 0-17999 DDDDD

Extension Register ------ R0000-32767 DDDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD8000-9999 DDDD

Counter Value ------ C_dword200-255 DDD 32 bit device

FX Series Ethernet

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

State S 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Data Contact D_bit0.0-7999.F ------ DDDD.H

Special Internal Relay SM8000-8511 ------ DDDD

Counter Contact C_bit0-255 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact T_bit0-511 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M 0-7679 ------ DDDD

Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ DDDD

Input Relay X 0-377 ------ DDDD

Extension Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD 8000-8511 DDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 239 -

Data Register ------ D_word0-7999 DDDD

Timer Value ------ T_word0-511 DDD

Counter Value ------ C_word0-199 DDD

Counter Value ------ C_dword200-255 DDD

FX5u

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Retentive TimerValve（contact） SS 0-15 ------ DD

Counter Valve（contact） CS 0-255 ------ DDD

Counter Valve（coil） CC 0-255 ------ DDD

Timer Valve（contact） TS 0-511 ------ DDD

Timer Valve（coil） TC 0-511 ------ DDD

Specia Link Relay SB 0-FF ------ HH

Link Relay B 0-FF ------ HH

State Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Annunciator Relay F 0-127 ------ DDD

Latch relay L 0-7679 ------ DDDD

Specia Internal Relay SM 0-9999 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M 0-7679 ------ DDDD

Output Relay Y 0-1777 ------ OOOO

Input Relay X 0-1777 ------ OOOO

Long Counter Valve（contact） LCS 0-63 ------ DD

Long Counter Valve（coil） LCC 0-63 ------ DD

16 Bit Index Register ------ Z 0-19 DD

Retentive TimerValve ------ SN 0-15

Counter Valve ------ CN 0--255

DDD

Timer Valve ------ TN 0-511

DDD

Specia Link Register ------ SW 0-1FF

HHH

Link Register ------ W 0-1FF

HHH

File Register ------ R 0-32767

DDDDD

Specia Date Register ------ SD 0-11999

DDDDD

Date Register D 0-7999

DDDD

32 Bit Index Register LZ 0-1

Long Counter Valve LCN 0-63

DD Double

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 240 -

FX5u Series Ethernet

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

State S 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Special Link Relay SB0-FF ------ HH

Link Relay B0-FF ------ HH

Annunciator F0-127 ------ DDD

Latch Relay LO-7679 ------ DDDD

Special Internal Relay SM0-9999 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M0-7679 ------ DDDD

Output Relay Y 0-1777 ------ OOOO

Input Relay X 0-1777 ------ OOOO

File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

Counter Value ------ CN0-255 DDD

Retentive Timer Value ------ SN0-15 DD

Timer Value ------ TN0-511 DDD

Special Link Register ------ SW0-1FF HHH

Link Register ------ W0-1FFF HHH

Special Data Register ------ SD0-11999 DDDDD

Data Register ------ D0-7999 DDDD

Q00jCPU

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Counter Coil CC0-1023 ------ DDDD

Counter Contact CS0-1023 ------ DDDD

Timer Coil TC0-2047 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact TS0-2047 ------ DDDD

Special Link Relay SB000-7FFF ------ HHHH

Link Relay B0000-7FFF ------ HHHH

Step Relay S0000-1FFF ------ HHHH

Edge Relay V0000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Annunciator F0000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Latch Relay L0000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Special Internal Relay SM0000-2047 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M0000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Output Relay Y0000-1FFF ------ HHHH

Input Relay X0000-1FFF ------ HHHH

File Register ------ R000-32767 DDDDD

Special Link Register ------ SW0-7FF HHH

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 241 -

Link Register ------ W000-291F HHHH

Special Data Register ------ SD0-2047 DDDD

Data Register ------ D0-25983 DDDDD

Counter Value ------ CN0-25983 DDDDD

Retentive Timer Value ------ SN0-2047 DDDD

Timer Value ------ TN0-25983 DDDDD

Melsec Q

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Direct output DY 0-7FF HHHH

Direct input DX 0-7FF HHHH

Step Relay S 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Special Link Relay SB 0-7FFF HHHH

Counter Coil CC 0-511 ------ DDDD

Counter Contact CS 0-511 ------ DDDD

Step Coil SC 0-511 ------ DDDD

Step Contact SS 0-511 ------ DDDD

Timer Coil TC 0-511 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact TS 0-511 ------ DDDD

Link Relay B 0-7FF HHHH

Edge Relay V 0-1023 ------ DDDD

Annunciator F 0-1023 ------ DDDD

Latch Relay L 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD

Output Relay Y 0-7FF ------ HHHH

Input Relay X 0-7FF ------ HHHH

File Register ------ ZR 0-65535 DDDDDD

File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

Index Register ------ Z 0-9 DD

Counter Value ------ CN 0-511 DDDD

Retentive Timer Value SN 0-511 DDDD

Timer Value ------ TN 0-511 DDDD

Special Link Register ------ SW 0-3FF HHH

Link Register ------ W 0-1FFF HHHH

Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD

Data Register ------ D 0-11135 DDDDD

Q Series CPU port

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 242 -

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Special Link Relay SB 00000- 7FFF ------ HHHH

Link Relay B 00000- 7FFF ------ HHHH

Edge relay V 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Annunciator F 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Latch relay L 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Special Internal Relay SM 0000-2047 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Output Relay Y 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH

Input Relay X 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH

Link Register ------ W 00000- 291F HHHH

Timer Value ------ TN 00000-23087 DDDDD

Counter Value ------ CN 00000-23087 DDDDD

File Register ------ R 00000-32767 DDDDD

Special Link Register ------ SW 0000- 7FF HHH

Data Register ------ D 00000-25983 DDDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD 0000-2047 DDDD

Q_QnA(link port)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Special Link Relay SB000-7FFF ------ HHHH

Link Relay B0000-7FFF ------ HHHH

Edge Relay V0000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Annunciator F0000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Latch Relay L0000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Special Internal Relay SM0000-2047 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M0000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Output Relay Y0000-1FFF ------ HHHH

Input Relay X0000-1FFF ------ HHHH

Link Register ------ W0000-291F HHHH

Timer Value ------ TN0-23087 DDDDD

Retentive Timer Value ------ SN0-23087 DDDDD

Counter Value ------ CN0-23087 DDDDD

File Register(Block switching is not necessary) ------ ZR00000-65535 DDDDD

File Register ------ R00000-32767 DDDDD

Special Link Register ------ SW000-7FF HHH

Data Register ------ D00000-25983 DDDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD0000-2047 DDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 243 -

Q06

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Special Link Relay SB 0000- 7FFF ------ HHHH

Link Relay B 0000- 7FFF ------ HHHH

Edge relay V 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Annunciator F 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Latch relay L 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Special Internal Relay SM 0000-2047 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Output Relay Y 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH

Input Relay X 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH

Link Register ------ W 00000- 291F HHHH

Timer Value ------ TN 00000-23087 DDDDD

Counter Value ------ CN 00000-23087 DDDDD

File Register ------ R 00000-32767 DDDDD

Special Link Register ------ SW 0000- 7FF HHH

Data Register ------ D 00000-25983 DDDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD 0000-2047 DDDD

Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet Slave

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Step Relay S 000-8191 ------ DDDD

Special Link Relay SB 000-7FFF ------ HHHH

Counter Coil CC 0-23087 ------ DDDDD

Counter Contact CS 0-23087 ------ DDDDD

Step Coil SC 0-23087 ------ DDDDD

Step Contact SS 0-23087 ------ DDDDD

Timer Coil TC 0-23087 ------ DDDDD

Timer Contact TS 0-23087 ------ DDDDD

Link Relay B 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH

Edge Relay V 0-32767 ------ DDDDD

Annunciator F 0-32767 ------ DDDDD

Latch Relay L 0-32767 ------ DDDDD

Special Internal Relay SM 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M 0-32767 ------ DDDD

Output Relay Y 0-1FFF ------ HHHH

Input Relay X 0-1FFF ------ HHHH

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 244 -

Link Register ------ W 0-291F HHHH

Timer Value ------ TN 0-23087 DDDD

Counter Value ------ CN 0-23087 DDDDD

Retentive Timer Value SN 0-23087 DDDDD

File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

File Register(Block switching is not necessary) ------ ZR 0-1042431 DDDDDDD

Special Link Register ------ SW 0-7FF HHH

Data Register ------ D 0-25983 DDDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD

Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Direct output DY 0-1FFF HHHH

Direct input DX 0-1FFF HHHH

Step Relay S 0-8191 ------ DDDD

Special Link Relay SB 0-7FFF SB 0-1FFF HHHH

Counter Coil CC 0-1023 ------ DDDD

Counter Contact CS 0-1023 ------ DDDD

Step Coil SC 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Step Contact SS 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Timer Coil TC 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact TS 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Link Relay B 0-1FFF B 0-1FFF HHHH

Edge Relay V 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Annunciator F 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Latch Relay L 0-8191 ------ DDDD

Special Internal Relay SM 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD

Output Relay Y 0-1FFF Y 0-1FFF HHHH

Input Relay X 0-1FFF X 0-1FFF HHHH

File Register ------ ZR 0-393216 DDDDDD

File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

Index Register ------ Z 0-19 DD

Counter Value ------ CN 0-1023 DDDD

Retentive Timer Value SN 0-2047 DDDD

Timer Value ------ TN 0-2047 DDDD

Special Link Register ------ SW 0-7FF HHH

Link Register W 0-1FFF HHHH

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 245 -

Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD

Data Register ------ D 0-45055 DDDDD

Q03UDE

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Direct output DY 0-1FFF HHHH

Direct input DX 0-1FFF HHHH

Step Relay S 0-8191 ------ DDDD

Special Link Relay SB 0-7FF SB 0-7F0 HHHH

Counter Coil CC 0-1023 ------ DDDD

Counter Contact CS 0-1023 ------ DDDD

Step Coil SC 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Step Contact SS 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Timer Coil TC 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact TS 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Link Relay B 0-1FFF B 0-1FF0 HHHH

Edge Relay V 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Annunciator F 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Latch Relay L 0-8191 ------ DDDD

Special Internal Relay SM 0-2047 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD

Output Relay Y 0-1FFF Y 0-1FF0 HHHH

Input Relay X 0-1FFF X 0-1FF0 HHHH

File Register ------ ZR 0-32767 DDDDDD

File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

Index Register ------ Z 0-19 DD

Counter Value ------ CN 0-1023 DDDD

Retentive Timer Value ------ SN 0-2047 DDDD

Timer Value ------ TN 0-2047 DDDD

Special Link Register ------ SW 0-7FF HHH

Link Register ------ W 0-1FFF HHHH

Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD

Data Register ------ D 0-12287 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

FX Series RS232 Cable

1. CPU port communication

Please use the FX series SC - 09 serial programming cable communication, can also be made simple

programming cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 246 -

2. FX□□-232-BD communication

Controller terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

3 TXD

2 RXD

5 GND

FX Series RS422 Cable

1. CPU port / FX□□-422-BD communication

2. FX□□-485-BD communication

Q Series RS232 Cable

1. CPU port communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 247 -

2. C24 module communication

Controller terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

3 TXD

2 RXD

5 GND

1 DCD

4 DTR

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

Q Series RS485/422 Cable

C24 module communication

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.51 MKS controller

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

BY125 BY125 RS232 on the CPU unit MKS

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 248 -

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

BY125 BY125 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 11

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Relay CB 00-FF ------ HH

External Register ------ ERCD 0000.00-FFFF.FF HHHH.HH

Internal data processing

control address bit ------ M1 0~9 H Read only

Internal data processing

control address bit ------ M2 0~9 H Read only

Internal data processing

control address bit ------ M3 0~9 H Read only

NOTE:

1）ERCD is Extended register, the four position before radix point are C1,C2,C3,C4.The two

positions after radix point are S1, S2.

2）Parameter code corresponding with CD are C1,C2;

3）Parameter code corresponding with CB set to “1”;Eg:”Bit State Setting” part, addr type CB67, set

the state to “1”.

4) M1 correspond to parameter ":"; M2 correspond to parameter";"; M3 correspond to parameter"<";

◎Cable Diagram

MKS controller RS232 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 249 -

4.52 Modbus

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module SIO type Driver

Modbus RTU RS232/485 on the CPU

unit Modbus RTU

Modbus RTU Extend RS232/485 on the CPU

unit Modbus RTU Extend

Modbus RTU Slave RS232/485 on the CPU

unit Modbus RTU Slave

Modbus RTU MT500

compatible

RS232/485 on the CPU

unit Modbus RTU MT500

compatible

Modbus ASCII RS232/485 on the CPU

unit Modbus ASCII

Modbus TCP Ethernet Modbus TCP

Modbus TCP Slave Ethernet Modbus TCP Slave

Modbus UDP Ethernet Modbus UDP

Modbus UDP Slave

MODBUS

Compatible

External Device

Ethernet Modbus UDP Slave

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

Modbus RTU RS232/485 on the

CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable

Modbus RTU

Extend

RS232/485 on the

CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable

Modbus RTU Slave RS232/485 on the

CPU unit

RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable

Modbus RTU

MT500 compatible

RS232/485 on the

CPU unit

RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable

Modbus ASCII RS232/485 on the

CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable

Modbus TCP Ethernet

Modbus TCP Slave

MODBUS

Compatible

External

Device

Ethernet

Connection Configuration

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 250 -

Modbus UDP Ethernet

Modbus UDP Slave Ethernet

Connection Configuration

◎Communication Setting

Modbus RTU protocol

RS232 communication

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

NOTE:

1. Modbus RTU protocol supports broadcasting station number, but the radio function only supports write

operations, with a reading of properties for the components, can not use the radio function;

2. Radio features are used in two ways: First, write-only properties with components (Bit state setting

device, "switch" method, except); multi-state setting device, "add value", "sub value", "JOG++", "JOG--"

method excluded); Second, the use of macros, the macro programming, on the radio station to write the

address number.

Modbus RTU Extend protocol

RS232 communication

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 251 -

Modbus RTU Slave protocol

RS232 communication

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

Modbus RTU MT500 compatible protocol

RS232 communication

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

Modbus ASCII protocol

RS232 communication

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 252 -

Modbus TCP protocol

Network configuration

Modbus UDP protocol

Network configuration

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 253 -

◎Supported Device

Modbus RTU

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Input Relay (read only) 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD

Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD

Modbus RTU Extend

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Input Relay 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only

Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD read only

Output Relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD

4X Single Write Relay 6X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

Input Register ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD read only

Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD

4X Byte Swap ------ 5X1-65535 DDDDD

4X single word write ------ 6X1-65535 DDDDD

4X double word swap 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD

3X double word swap 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD

NOTE:

1. 5X is the byte register; 4X-DINV, 3X-DINV is the word high and low-bit register. The relation of them

as follow:

Word:

1234

4X(1word) H

3412

5X(1word) H

byte swap

Dword:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 254 -

Text:

2. Not use the odd and even address in the same window by 4X-DINV，only odd address or even address in

the same window.

Modbus RTU Slave

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Output Relay LB 0-9999 ------ DDDDD Mapping to 0X 1~9999

Data Register ------ LW 0-65535 DDDDD Mapping to 4X 1~9999

Modbus RTU MT500 compatible

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Output Relay 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Input Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only

Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD read only

Output Relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

Input Register ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD read only

Output Register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD

Modbus ASCII

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Input Relay (read only) 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD

Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD

Modbus TCP Slave

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 255 -

Output Relay 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Input Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only

Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD read only

Data relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

Input Register ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD read only

Output Register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD

Data Register ------ 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD

Data Register ------ 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD

NOTE: 4X-DINV, 3X-DINV is the word high and low-bit counter.

Modbus UDP Slave

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Input Relay 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only

Input Register ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD read only

Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication cable

RS485 communication cable

Ethernet communication cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.53 MODROL

Serial Communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 256 -

Series CPU Link Module Driver

MODROL IMS-GF3-4011E RS485 on the CPU unit MODROL

System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

MODROL IMS-GF3-4011E RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

------ D_1 0-9999 DDDD One byte

------ D_2 0-9999 DDDD Two byte

------ D_3 0-9999 DDDD Three byte

Cable Diagram

MODROL RS485

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 257 -

4.54 OE MAX

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

NX7 NX7 RS232 on the CPU unit OE MAX NX7

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

NX7 NX7 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input/Output Relay R 0.0–127.15 ------ DDD.DD

General Relay L 0.0–63.15 ------ DD.DD

General Relay M 0.0–127.15 ------ DDD.DD

Keep Relay K 0.0–127.15 ------ DDD.DD

Timer Relay TC 0–255 ------ DDD

Special Relay F 0.0–15.15 ------ DD.DD

Internal HSC ------ R_word 0-127 DDD

General Register ------ L_word 0-63 DD

General Register ------ M_word 0-127 DDD

Keep Register ------ K_word 0-127 DDD

General Register ------ F_word 0-15 DD

Timer/Counter Register ------ SV_word 0-255 DDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 258 -

Timer/Counter Register ------ PV_word 0-255 DDD

General Register ------ W_word 0-2047 DDDD

Special Register ------ SR_word 0-511 DDD

◎Cable Diagram

Oemax RS232 communication cable

4.55 Omron Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on the CPU unit

CP1W-CIF01

CP1H

CP1L

CP1E CP1W-CIF11/CIF12

OMRON C Series Host Link

OMRON CP Series Host Link

C200H C200H-LK202

C120-LK201-V1

C200H-LK201

C200H-LK202

C120-LK201-V1

Link I/F on the CPU unit

C200HS

Peripheral port on the CPU unit

C500

C500F

C1000H

C2000

C2000H

C120-LK201-V1

C120-LK202-V1

C500-LK201-V1

C500-LK203

C1000HF C500-LK201-V1

C500-LK203

C20H/28H/40H Link I/F on the CPU unit

C20PF/28PF

C40PF/60PF

C120-LK201-V1

C120-LK202-V1

C120

C120F

C120-LK201-V1

C120-LK202-V1

SYSMAC C

CQM1-CPU11 Peripheral port on the CPU unit

OMRON C Series Host Link

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 259 -

RS232C port on the CPU unit CQM1-CPU21

CQM1-CPU41

CQM1-CPU42

CQM1-CPU43

CQM1-CPU44

CQM1-CPU41-V1

CQM1-CPU42-V1

CQM1-CPU43-V1

CQM1-CPU44-V1

Peripheral port on the CPU unit

Peripheral port on

the CPM2C-CIF01

RS232C port on the CPM2C-CIF01

RS232C port on the CPM2C-CIF11

CPM2C

Terminal block on

the CPM2C-CIF11

Peripheral port on the CPU unit CQM1H-CPU11

CQM1H-CPU21 RS232 on the CPU unit

Peripheral port on the CPU unit

RS232 on the CPU unit

RS232C port on

the CQM1H-SCB41

CQM1H-CPU51

CQM1H-CPU61

RS422A/485 port on

the CQM1H-SCB41

OMRON C Series Host Link CPM1

CPM1A

CPM1A-V1

CPM2AH

RS232 on the CPU unit

OMRON CPM Series Host

Link

SYSMAC

CJ2

CJ2M-CPU13 RS232 on the CPU unit

RS232 on the CPU unit

Peripheral port on the CPU unit

SYSMAC

CJ1G-CPU45

CJ1G-CPU44

CJ1G-CPU45H

CJ1G-CPU44H

CJ1G-CPU43H

CJ1G-CPU42H

CJ1M-CPU23

CJ1M-CPU22

CJ1M-CPU21

CJ1M-CPU13

CJ1M-CPU12

CJ1M-CPU11

CJ1H-CPU66H

CJ1H-CPU65H

CJ1W-SCU41

OMRON CJ/CS Series Host

Link

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 260 -

RS232 on the CPU unit

Peripheral port on the CPU unit

SYSMAC

CS1G-CPU45

CS1G-CPU44

CS1G-CPU43

CS1G-CPU42

CS1G-CPU45H

CS1G-CPU44H

CS1G-CPU43H

CS1G-CPU42H

CS1G-CPU45-V1

CS1G-CPU44-V1

CS1G-CPU43-V1

CS1G-CPU42-V1

CS1H-CPU67

CS1H-CPU66

CS1H-CPU65

CS1H-CPU64

CS1H-CPU63

CS1H-CPU67H

CS1H-CPU66H

CS1H-CPU65H

CS1H-CPU64H

CS1H-CPU63H

CS1H-CPU67-V1

CS1H-CPU66-V1

CS1H-CPU65-V1

CS1H-CPU64-V1

CS1H-CPU63-V1

CS1W-SCU21

CS1W-SCB21

CS1W-SCB41

OMRON CJ/CS Series Host

Link

◎Network Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit CJ2M-CPU35

CJ1W-ETN21

OMRON CJ Series

Ethernet(TCP Slave)

EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit

CS1W-ETN21/EIP21

CJ1W-ETN21/EIP21

SYSMAC

CJ/CS

CJ2M-CPU3*

CS1H

CS1G

CJ2H-***-EIP

SYSMAC NJ NJ*01 EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit

Omron CJ/CS/NJ/NX Series

Ethernet（UDP Slave）

CP1L-EM

CP1L-EL

EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit

SYSMAC C CP1H

CP1L CP1W-CIF41

OMRON CP Series Ethernet

（UDP Slave）

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 261 -

RS232 on the CPU

unit

CP1W-CIF01

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

CP1H

CP1L

CP1E CP1W-CIF11/CIF12 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

Setting

SYSMAC C

CPM2AH RS232 on the CPU

unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

SYSMAC

CJ2 CJ2M-CPU13 RS232 on the CPU

unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU

unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Peripheral port on

the CPU unit*1

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

SYSMAC CJ

CJ1G-CPU45

CJ1G-CPU44

CJ1G-CPU45H

CJ1G-CPU44H

CJ1G-CPU43H

CJ1G-CPU42H

CJ1M-CPU23

CJ1M-CPU22

CJ1M-CPU21

CJ1M-CPU13

CJ1M-CPU12

CJ1M-CPU11

CJ1H-CPU66H

CJ1H-CPU65H

CJ1W-SCU41

RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU

unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Peripheral port on

the CPU unit*1

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

CS1W-SCU21 RS232 Setting

CS1W-SCB21 RS232 Setting

SYSMAC

CS1G-CPU45

CS1G-CPU44

CS1G-CPU43

CS1G-CPU42

CS1G-CPU45H

CS1G-CPU44H

CS1G-CPU43H

CS1G-CPU42H

CS1G-CPU45-V1

CS1G-CPU44-V1

CS1G-CPU43-V1

CS1G-CPU42-V1

CS1H-CPU67

CS1H-CPU66

CS1H-CPU65

CS1H-CPU64

CS1H-CPU63 CS1W-SCB41 RS232 Setting

Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 262 -

CS1H-CPU67H

CS1H-CPU66H

CS1H-CPU65H

CS1H-CPU64H

CS1H-CPU63H

CS1H-CPU67-V1

CS1H-CPU66-V1

CS1H-CPU65-V1

CS1H-CPU64-V1

CS1H-CPU63-V1

RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

*1 Must set the switch DIP 4 to be on

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

EtherNet/IP port on

CPU Unit

CJ2M-CPU35

CJ1W-ETN21

Ethernet(TCP

Slave)

Setting Your own cable

EtherNet/IP port on

CPU Unit

CS1W-ETN21/EIP21

CJ1W-ETN21/EIP21

SYSMAC

CJ/CS

CJ2M-CPU3*

CS1H

CS1G

CJ2H-***-EIP

SYSMAC

NJ*01 EtherNet/IP port on

CPU Unit

Ethernet（UDP

Slave）

Setting Your own cable

CP1L-EM

CP1L-EL

EtherNet/IP port on

CPU Unit

EtherNet/IP port on

CPU Unit

SYSMAC

C CP1H

CP1L

CP1W-CIF41

Ethernet（UDP

Slave）

Setting Your own cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

OMRON CP Series Host Link protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 263 -

RS422 communication

NOTE：Make sure that the switch DIP1~6 of PLC must be OFF when using OMRON CP Series Host Link

protocol.

NO. Setup contents default status

1 ON: write enable

OFF:write disable

OFF

2 ON: program automaticlly transmit from card to PLC when power up

OFF: program can’t automaticlly transmit from card to PLC when power up

OFF

3 OFF: OFF(default) OFF

4 ON: communication port1,Toolbus(default)

OFF:Port 1 communications settings according to the PLC system CPU setting

OFF

5 ON: communication port2,Toolbus(default)

OFF:Port 2 communications settings according to the PLC system CPU setting

OFF

6 ON: customer use ( A395.12 = ON)

OFF: customer use ( A395.12 = OFF)

OFF

OMRON C Series Host Link protocol

Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 2; station: 0

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 264 -

RS232 communication

RS422 communication

OMRON CPM Series Host Link protocol

Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 265 -

NOTE: Select custom communication parameters (non-standard communication parameters), the switch of

PLC must be OFF.

OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link protocol

RS232 Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0

NOTE：1.CJ1M switch DIP: SW1, SW2, SW3, SW5, SW8 must be off, but SW4, SW6, SW7 are optional.

2. CJ1M switches DIP 1~8 are OFF (default).

RS485-4 Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0

◎Network Communication Setting

OMRON CJ Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 266 -

PLC Setting

1. Double-click the IO table and the unit set, find the Ethernet communication module

2. Double-click the Ethernet communication module, set the parameters

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 267 -

OMRON CJ/CS/NJ Series Ethernet(UDP Slave)

HMI Setting

Attention： HMI and PLC must be set in the same network，while the node ID should be different.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 268 -

PLC Setting

Please use CX-Integrator to modify

1. Choose the right type to get the PLC and its software connected

2. Set the PLC into programming mode

3. Read the data and show the connected device

4. Double click the device to modify the related parameter，for example IP Address

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 269 -

5. Set the Network number and Node ID

（1）Network number

（2）You can change the Node ID by the switch on the device（NODE No.）

OMRON CP Series Ethernet(UDP Slave)

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 270 -

PLC Setting

Type in IE the IP address（ex：http://192.168.11.33/C00.HTM）and the password（ex:ETHERNET），then

you entry this interface.Later,you can modify the parameter.

◎Supported Device

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 271 -

Omron C Series Host Link

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Hold Relay HR_bit 00.00-99.15 ------ DD.DD

Data Relay DM_bit 0000.00-6655.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Link Relay LR_bit 00.00-63.15 ------ DD.DD

Auxiliary Relay AR_bit 00.00-959.15 ------ DD.DD

Channel I/O CIO_IR_bit 000.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD

Counter Relay ------ CNT_word 000-511 DDD

Timer Relay ------ TIM_word 000-511 DDD

Hold Register ------ HR_word 00-99 DD

Data Register ------ DM_word 0000-6655 DDDD

Link Register ------ LR_word 00-63 DD

Auxiliary Register ------ AR_word 000-959 DDD

Channel I/O Register ------ CIO_IR_word 000-511 DDD

OMRON CP Series Host Link

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Work Relay W_bit 0.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD

Hold Relay H_bit 0.00-1535.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Data Relay D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

Counter Relay C flag 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Timer Relay T flag 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Auxiliary Relay A_bit 0.00-959.15 ------ DDD.DD

Channel I/O CIO_bit 0.00-6143.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Work Register ------ W_word 0-511 DDD

Hold Register ------ H_word 0-1535 DDDD

Data Register ------ D_word 0-32767 DDDDD

Counter Register ------ C_word 0-4095 DDDD

Timer Register ------ T_word 0-4095 DDDD

Auxiliary Register ------ A_word 0-959 DDD

Channel I/O Register ------ CIO_word 0-6143 DDDD

OMRON CPM Series Host Link

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Hold Relay HR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Link Relay LR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Auxiliary Relay AR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Internal Relay IR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Timer/Counter Register ------ TC 0-255 DDD

Data Register ------ DM 0-9999 DDDD

OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 272 -

Channel I/O CIO 0000.00-6143.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Internal Auxiliary Relay WR 000.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD

Special Auxiliary Relay AR 000.00-959.15 ------ DDD.DD

Latch Relay HR 000.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD

Timer (Timer Up Flag) TIM 0000-4095 ------ DDDD

Counter (Counter Up Flag) CNT 0000-4095 ------ DDDD

Data Memory DM 00000.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

Extension Data Memory Relay(E0-EC) E0 0.00-EC 32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

Extension Data Memory(E0-EC) ------ E0 0-EC 32767 DDDDD

Channel I/O ------ CIO 0000-6143 DDDD

Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ WR 000-511 DDD

Special Auxiliary Relay ------ AR 000-959 DDD

Latch Relay ------ HR 000-511 DDD

Timer (current Value) ------ TIM 0000-4095 DDDD

Counter (Current Value) ------ CNT 0000-4095 DDDD

Data Memory ------ DM 00000-32767 DDDDD

Index Register ------ IR 00-15 DD

Data Register ------ DR 00-15 DD

OMRON CJ Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Channel IO CIO 0.00-6143.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Internal Auxiliary Relay W 0.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD

Special Auxiliary Relay A 0.0-959.15 ------ DDD.DD

Latch Relay H 0.0-511.15 ------ DDD.DD

Timer Up Flag T 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Count Up Flag C 0-4095 ------ DDDD

TKB TKB 0-31 ------ DD

Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6142 DDDD

Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD

Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-959 DDD

Latch Relay ------ H 0-511 DDD

Timer Current Value ------ T 0-4095 DDDD

Counter Current Value ------ C 0-4095 DDDD

Extension Data Memory(E0-E18) ------ E0-E18 0-32767 DDDDD

EM ------ EM 0-32767 DDDDD

Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD

Data Register ------ DR 0-15 DD

OMRON CJ/CS/NJ Series Ethernet (UDP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

CIO_bit ------ Channel IO

0.00-6143.15 CIO_FORCE ------

DDDD.DD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 273 -

CIO_FORCE_RELEASE ------

CIO_RELEASE_STATUS ------

W_bit ------

W_FORCE ------

W_FORCE_RELEASE ------

Internal Auxiliary Relay

0.00-511.15

W_RELEASE_STATUS ------

DDD.DD

H_bit ------

H_FORCE ------

H_FORCE_RELEASE ------

Latch Relay

0.0-1535.15

H_RELEASE_STATUS ------

DDDD.DD

T_FLAG ------

T_FORCE ------

T_FORCE_RELEASE ------

Timer Up Flag

0-4095

T_RELEASE_STATUS ------

DDDD

C_FLAG ------

C_FORCE ------

C_FORCE_RELEASE ------

Count Up Flag

0-4095

C_RELEASE_STATUS ------

DDDD

Special Auxiliary Relay A 0.0-11535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

E（0-9）_bit ------ DDDDD.DD

E（A-F）_bit ------ DDDDD.DD

Extension Data Memory

0.00-32767.15 E（10-18）_bit ------- DDDDD.DD

Data Memory D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

TKB TK_FLAG 0-127 ------ DDD

Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6143 DDDD

Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD

Latch Relay ------ H 0-1535 DDDD

Timer Current Value ------ T 0-4095 DDDD

Counter Current Value ------ C 0-4095 DDDD

Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-11535 DDDDD

Extension Data Memory

------

E0-E9 0-32767

EA-EF 0-32767

E10-E18 0-32767

EM 0-32767

DDDDD

Data Memory ------ D 0-32767 DDDDD

TK ------ TK0-127 DDD

Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD

Data Register ------ DR 0-15 DD

OMRON CP Series Ethernet (UDP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Channel IO CIO_bit ------ DDDD.DD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 274 -

CIO_FORCE ------

CIO_FORCE_RELEASE ------

0.00-6143.15

CIO_RELEASE_STATUS ------

W_bit ------

W_FORCE ------

W_FORCE_RELEASE ------

Internal Auxiliary Relay

0.00-511.15

W_RELEASE_STATUS ------

DDD.DD

H_bit ------

H_FORCE ------

H_FORCE_RELEASE ------

Latch Relay

0.0-1535.15

H_RELEASE_STATUS ------

DDDD.DD

T_FLAG ------

T_FORCE ------

T_FORCE_RELEASE ------

Timer Up Flag

0-4095

T_RELEASE_STATUS ------

DDDD

C_FLAG ------

C_FORCE ------

C_FORCE_RELEASE ------

Count Up Flag

0-4095

C_RELEASE_STATUS ------

DDDD

Special Auxiliary Relay A 0.0-959.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

Data Memory D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD

TKB TK_FLAG 0-31 ------ DDD

Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6143 DDDD

Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD

Latch Relay ------ H 0-1535 DDDD

Timer Current Value ------ T 0-4095 DDDD

Counter Current Value ------ C 0-4095 DDDD

Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-959 DDDDD

Data Memory ------ D 00000-32767 DDDDD

TK ------ TK0-31 DDD

Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD

Data Register ------ DR 0-15 DD

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 Communication Cable

1. RS232 on the CPU unit or CP1W-CIF01\CS1W-SCU21\CS1W-SCB21 etc. module

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 275 -

2. Peripheral port on the CPU unit（OMRON CJ\CS series）

When connecting the peripheral port on the CPU by the conversion adapter, set DIP4 to on.

RS422 Communication Cable

1. CJ1W-SCU41\ CJ1W-SCB41 module

2. CP1W-CIF11/CP1W-CIF12 module

NOTE：CP1W-CIF11 is without photoelectricity isolation, the maximum communication distance is 50

m. CP1W-CIF12 is with photoelectricity isolation, the maximum communication distance is 500 m. Other

parameters specification and DIP switch settings are the same.

DIP CONTENT

ON Yes（Both sides） 1

OFF No

Terminal resistance selection

ON 2-wires（RS485） 2

OFF 4-wires（RS422A）

2、3 must be the same.

ON 2-wires（RS485） 3

OFF 4-wires（RS422A）

4 ----- ----- N/A

ON With RS control 5

OFF Without RS control（Receive）

Set ON when loop back is forbidden.

ON With RS control 6

OFF Without RS control（Send）

If connecting to multiple devices, set ON when

using RS422A, it must set as ON.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 276 -

NOTE: When PLC uses CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 module for communication, if it uses 1:1 and

RS422 communication, it need to set all the DIP Switch SW1~6 as OFF. If it uses 1:N and RS422

communication, it need to set DIP Switch SW1~5 as OFF and SW6 as ON.

RS485 communication cable

CP1W-CIF11/CIF12 module

NOTE: When PLC uses CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 module and RS485 communication, please make

sure the DIP Switch SW1 of CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 as OFF, and set SW2,SW3,SW5,SW6 as

ON.SW4 can be set as ON or OFF.

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.56 OMRON E5EZ-R3(Temperature Controller)

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

OMRON E5EZ-R3 E5EZ-R3

E5EZ-C3MT

RS485 on the CPU unit Omron E5EZ-R3

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 277 -

OMRON

E5EZ-R3

OMRON

E5EZ-R3

RS485 on the

CPU unit

RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0

◎Supported Device

OMRON E5EZ-R3

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

0.0 — 0.A (C0 read only) Main addr indicates variable

type 0(C0),1(C1),2(C3)

subaddress indicates address

of variable type

1.0 — 1.2D (C1)

Variable ------

2.0 — 2.5B (C3)

DDD.HH

Action Command ------ 0-8 H

State 0-31 ------ DD Show the bit value of 0001

（state）in C0

Abnormal Input 0 ------ D The 6th value of C0

0001(state) Abnormal Input

NOTE: H indicates hexadecimal

Action Command address and other informations

Addr command content Notes

00:OFF（disable）

0 Communication write

01:ON （enable）

Before writing data, "Communication

write" command is "01” ON (enable)",

otherwise it writes disable

00：Run

1 Run/Stop 01：Stop

00：Setting value 0 2 Multi-segment SP

01：Setting value 1

Must set the value of variable(addr:3.1A )to

1(ON) for writing correctly, otherwise it

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 278 -

02：Setting value 2

03：Setting value 3

can’t write-in.

00：stop

3 AT execute/stop 01：AT execute

00：save

4 write-in mode 01：RAM

5 RAM storage 00

6 Soft reset 00

7 Setting area1 shift 00

8 Protection value shift 00

Please refer to the communication protocol for details.

NOTE：

• Make sure the setting value be the same as the plc’s station No.

• Must be the same as the station No. of HMI

• Before writing data, "Communication write" command must is "01” ON (enable)", otherwise it

writes disable

◎Cable Diagram

RS485-2 communication cable

RS232 communication, need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter

4.57 OPTO 22

◎Ethernet Communication (nonsupport Direct Online Simulation)

Series CPU Link Module Driver

OPTO 22

SNAP-UP1-ADS Ethernet OPTO 22 SNAP Ethernet(TCP)

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 279 -

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

OPTO 22 SNAP-UP1-ADS Ethernet Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Bit Table B0-65535 —— DDDDD

Bit Table BT0.000-65535.255 —— DDDDD.DDD

Integer 32 —— N32 0-65535 DDDDD

Float —— FN0-65535 DDDDD

UP Timer —— UTN0-65535 DDDDD

Down Timer —— DTN0-65535 DDDDD

PID parameter —— PIDSN0.00-32.06 DDDDD.DD

Integer 32 Table —— NT0.000-65535.255 DDDDD.DDD

Float Table —— FT0.000-65535.255 DDDDD.DDD

Editing Macro, please refer to the type table:

N32 Double

FN Float

DTN Float

UTN Float

Input Float PID

SetPoint Float

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 280 -

Output Float

Gain Float

Tune I Float

Tune D Float

Mode Double

IN BIT

QN BIT

PIN Float

PQN Float

NT Double

FT Float

B BIT(the attribute of B is the same as N32 in the PLC software)

BT BIT(the attribute of BT is the same as NT in the PLC software)

NOTE：

1、 The configuration in OPTO 22 software must be the same as the configuration in EV5000

software：

true：e.g.: define Float in the OPTO 22 software，F1

Select FN device in the EV5000 software, address: 1.

Communicate correctly

error：e.g.: define Float in the OPTO 22 software，F0001

Select FN device in the EV5000 software, address: 1.

Communicate error

2、 PIDSN correspondence

If it set up PID1 in the OPTO 22 software, it can show the values of Input, SetPoint, Output, Gain,

Tune I, Tune D, and Mode.

In the Ev5000 software, PIDSN format DDDDD.DD, Address can be written in 1.**.( the main address

in front of decimal point corresponding to the OPTO 22 of PID1 1 ,sub-addr refer to the table. the table

as follows:

Sub Address（Example PID1，1 is sub address）Corresponding Value

1.00 Input

1.01 SetPoint

1.02 Output

1.03 Gain

1.04 Tune I

1.05 Tune D

1.06 Mode

◎Cable Diagram

Ethernet communication cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 281 -

4.58 Panasonic Electric Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Tool port on the Control unit

AFPG801

AFPG802

AFPG803

FP

AFPG806

Tool port on the Control unit FP0

FP1

FP-M RS232C port on the Control unit

Tool port on the Control unit

RS232C port on the Control unit

AFP2462

FP2

FP2SH

AFP2465+(AFP2803,AFP2804, FP2805)

Tool port on the Control unit FP3

AFP3462

Tool port on the Control unit

AFPE224300

AFPE224302

AFPE224305

AFPE214322

FP-e

AFPE214325

Tool port on the Control unit

RS232C port on the Control unit

FP10SH

FP10S

AFP3462

FP-X RS232C port on the Control unit

Panasonic FP

FP7 CPS3E RS232 on the CPU unit Panasonic FP7

◎Network Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

FP FP-X Ethernet interface on CPU Panasonic FP Ethernet(TCP Slave)

FP7 CPS3E Ethernet interface on CPU Panasonic FP7 Ethernet(TCP slave)

◎ Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable

AFPG801

AFPG802

AFPG806

RS232C Setting Your owner cable

FP FP 

AFPG803 RS485(2 wire) Setting Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 282 -

AFPG806

Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable

FP0 RS232C port on the Control unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable

Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cableFP1

FP-M RS232C port on the Control unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable

Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable

RS232C port on the Control unit

AFP2462

AFP2803

RS232C Setting Your owner cable

AFP2804 RS422(4 wire) Setting Your owner cable

FP2

FP2SH

AFP2465

AFP2805 RS485(2 wire) Setting Your owner cable

Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable

AFP3462 RS232C Setting Your owner cable

FP3

AFP3463 RS422(4 wire) Setting Your owner cable

Tool port on the Control unit RS232C Your owner cable

AFPE224300

AFPE214325

AFPE224305

RS232C Setting Your owner cable

AFPE224302

FP-e

AFPE214322 RS485(2 wire) Setting Your owner cable

Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable

RS232C port on the Control unit

FP10SH

FP10S AFP3462

RS232C Setting Your owner cable

FP-X RS232C port on the Control unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable

FP7 CPS3E RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

NOTE：

1. Only FP0 (C10CRM/C10CRS/C14CRM/C14CRS/C16T/C16CP/C32CT/C32CP) has RS232C port.

2. Only FP1 (C24/C40/C56/C72) has RS232C port.

3. Only FP1(C20R/C20T/C32T)has RS232C port.

4. AFP245 is the communication Package of FP2/FP2SH. AFP2803, AFP2084 and AFP2085 are the

communications module of AFP2465.

◎ Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

FP FP-X Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

FP7 CPS3E Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet 5Setting Your owner cable

◎ Serial Communication Setting

Panasonic FP protocol：

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 283 -

Panasonic FP7 protocol：

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters: 19200, 8, odd, 1; station: 1

PLC Setting

communication parameters setting:

◎Network Communication Setting

Panasonic FP Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 284 -

PLC Setting

1. Open the Configurator WD and search the online PLC.

NOTE: Configurator WD can configure PLC parameters (IP Address, Port ......).

2. Software Setting

1）Open the Control FPWIN Pro 7,build new project and select PLC type（FP-X C40T）；

2) Communication setting: [Online] →[Communication parameters... ] →Communications

settings(Destination Parameters must be the same as the testing PLC Parameters )

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 285 -

3) VAR_EXTERNAL declaration

NOTE: VAR_EXTERNAL must be declared; otherwise you will get some compile errors.

4) Download to the PLC

Panasonic FP7 Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Settings

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 286 -

NOTE：

This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication.

PLC Settings

1、communications settings

NOTE：

a. The range of the destination’s port number is 32769~32772.

b. The destination’s port number cannot be the same as the network device setting’s port of HMI

setting.

2、changed the IP address

◎Supported Device

FP Series

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 287 -

Output Relay X0.0~9999.F ------ DDDD.H

Input Relay Y0.0~9999.F ------ DDDD.H

Timer T0~9999 ------ DDDD

Counter C0~9999 ------ DDDD

Link Relay L0.0~32767.F ------ DDDDD.H

Internal Auxiliary/Relay R0.0~32767.F ------ DDD.H

T/C Elapsed Value ------ EV0~32767 DDDDD

T/C Setting Value ------ SV0~9999 DDDD

Data Register ------ DT0~99999 DDDDD

Input Word ------ WX0~9999 DDDD

Output Word ------ WY0~9999 DDDD

Internal Auxiliary/Relay ------ WR0~32767 DDDDD

Link Data Register ------ LD0~99999 DDDDD

Link Relay ------ WL0~32767 DDDDD

File Register ------ FL0~99999 DDDDD

NOTE：

1. Example: X address: 01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the EV5000; X address: 1F in the PLC

corresponds to 1.F in the EV5000.Y\R register address, and so on.

2. EV registers in the range of addresses on the touch screen can be set to 32767, but only supports the

9999 agreement.

FP7 Series

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Input Relay X 0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H

Output Relay Y0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H

Internal Auxiliary/Relay R0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H

Link Relay L0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H

Timer T0-4095 ------ DDDD

Counter C0-1023 ------ DDDD

Input word ------ WX0-511 DDD

Output word ------ WY0-511 DDD

Internal Auxiliary/Relay ------ WR0-32767 DDDDD

Link Relay ------ WL0-32767 DDDDD

File register ------ FL0-99999 DDDDD

Link Data register ------ LD0-99999 DDDDD

Data register ------ DT0-9829 DDDD

T Setting Value ------ TS0-4095 DDDD

T Elapsed Value ------ TE0-4095 DDDD

C Setting Value ------ CS0-1023 DDDD

C Elapsed Value ------ CE0-1023 DDDD

NOTE：

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 288 -

Example: X address:01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the HMI;X address;1F in the PLC corresponds to

1.F in the HMI.R\Y\L register address,and so on.

FP7 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Input Relay X 0.0-511.f ------ DDD.H

Output Relay Y0.0-511.f ------ DDD.H

Internal Auxiliary/Relay R0.0-2047.f ------ DDDD.H

Link Relay L0.0-1023.f ------ DDDD.H

Timer T0-4095 ------ DDDD

Counter C0-1023 ------ DDDD

Error alarm relay E0-4095 ------ DDDD

Input word ------ WX0-511 DDD

Output word ------ WY0-511 DDD

Internal Auxiliary/Relay ------ WR0-2047 DDDD

Link Relay ------ WL0-1023 DDDD

File register ------ FL0-99999 DDDDD

Link Data register ------ LD0-16383 DDDDD

Data register ------ DT0-999423 DDDDDD

T Setting Value ------ TS0-4095 DDDD

T Elapsed Value ------ TE0-4095 DDDD

C Setting Value ------ CS0-1023 DDDD

C Elapsed Value ------ CE0-1023 DDDD

NOTE：

Example: X address:01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the HMI;X address;1F in the PLC

corresponds to 1.F in the HMI.R\Y\L register address,and so on.

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication

Tool port:

CPU port:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 289 -

COM port:

Communication module:

RS485 communication

RS422 communication

FP3 RS422 programming port:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 290 -

Another module RS422 communication:

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.59 Parker Automation（Servo Controller）

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on CPU unit

Parker Compax3 Compax3 RS485 on CPU unit Parker Compax3

Parker SLVD Series SLVD 15NS RS485 on the CPU unit Parker SLVD Series

Parker 6k 6K4 RS232 on the CPU unit Parker 6k

ACR9040 ACR9040-P3-B RS232 on the CPU unit Parker ACR9000

◎Ethernet Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

ACR9040 ACR9040-P3-B Ethernet interface on CPU Parker ACR9000 Series Ethernet （TCP

Slave）

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 291 -

RS232 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS485 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

Parker

Compax3 Compax3

RS422 on CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

Parker SLVD

Series

SLVD

Series RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

Parker 6k 6K4 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

ACR9040 ACR904

0-P3-B RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

ACR9040 ACR9040-P3-B Ethernet interface on

CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

Parker Compax3 protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters: 115200, 8, none, 1; station: 1

RS232 Communication

RS485-2 Communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 292 -

PLC Setting

NOTE: RS-485 Settings can be made in the C3 Servo Manager under “RS485 settings”

RS485-2 setting:

RS485-4 setting:

Parker SLVD Series protocol

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0

RS422 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 293 -

Parker 6K protocol

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, none; station: 0

NOTE: Don’t support RS485 communication mode

Parker ACR9000 protocol

Default communication parameters: 38400bps, 8, none, 1；station NO.：0

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 294 -

Parker ACR9000 Series Ethernet （TCP Slave）

HMI Setting

◎Supported Device

Parker Compax3

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

R_Bit 0.0-9999999.31 ------ DDDDDDD.DD

------ R_Float 0.0-9999.511 DDDD.DDD

------ R_Int 0.0-9999.511 DDDD.DDD

NOTE: R_Bit device is the bit format of R_Int device. The address of R_Bit device is DDDDDDD.DD,

the first seven position indicate the address of R_Int, the last two positon indicate 32-bit

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 295 -

SLVD Series

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Note

Pr_Bit 0-9999.15 ------ DDDD.DD

Pr_Byte ------ 0-9999 DDDD

Pr_Word ------ 0-9999 DDDD

Pr_DWord ------ 0-9999 DDDD

6k Series

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Bit in register VARB_bit 1.00~125.31 ------ DDD Read only

KILL 0 ------

S 0 ------

C 0 ------

PS 0 ------

HALT 0 ------

RUN 0 ------

TAS_Bit 1.01-2.32 ------

TSS_Bit 1-32 ------

TIN_Bit 1.01-3.32 ------

TOUT_Bit 1.01-3.32 ------

The 32-bit hexadecimal value

in register ------ VARB 1~125 DDD Read only

The integer number value in

The real number value in

------ VAR 1~255 DDD

------ VARS 1~255 DDD

------ A 1~255 DDD

------ AD 1~255 DDD

------ V 1~255 DDD

------ DRIVE 1~255 DDD

------ TAS 1~2 D

------ TPC 1~255 DDD

------ TPE 1~255 DDD

------ TER 0 D

------ TSS 0 D

------ TIN 1~3 D

------ TOUT 1~3 D

NOTE: VARB configuration software need to use hexadecimal data type, integer-bit to 8 bits.

ACR9000

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 296 -

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

P_low16bit 0.0~99999.f ------ DDDDD.FF

P_high16bit 0.0~99999.f ------ DDDDD.FF

P_int32 ------ 0~99999 DDDDD

P_float ------ 0~99999 DDDDD

Parker ACR9000 Series Ethernet （TCP Slave）

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

P_low16bit 0.0~99999.f ------ DDDDD.FF

P_high16bit 0.0~99999.f ------ DDDDD.FF

P_int32 ------ 0~99999 DDDDD

P_float ------ 0~99999 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

Parker Compax3 Series

RS232 Communication Cable

RS485-2 Communication Cable

RS485-4 Communication Cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 297 -

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

1 RX-

6 RX+

3 Tx-

7 Tx+

1 Enable

9 (+5V)

Controller

RS485 terminal

4 Tx-

9 TX+

8 Rx-

2 Rx+

5 GND 5 GND

SLVD Series

RS485-2 Communication Cable

6k/9000 Series

RS232 Communication Cable

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.60 PMAC Motion Controller

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

PC/104 PC/104 RS232 on the CPU unit PMAC series

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 298 -

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

PC/104 PC/104 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters: 38400bps, 8, none, 1; station: 0

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

I variable ------ I0-9999 DDDD R/W

M variable ------ M 0-9999 DDDD R/W

P variable ------

0-9999 DDDD R/W

Q variable ------ Q 0-9999 DDDD R/W

I variable Float ------ I

float 0-9999 DDDD R/W

P variable Float ------ P

float 0-9999 DDDD R/W

Q variable Float ------ Q

float 0-9999 DDDD R/W

ort

osition of moto

------ POS 0 D R

ort velocit

of moto

------ VEL 0 D R

ort followin

error of moto

------ FER 0 D R

common manual and

rammin

command ------ ORD/JOG* 0-9999 DDDD W

Run current

------ RUN 0-9999 DDDD W

Halt

------ HLT 0-9999 DDDD W

NOTE：Some addresses in I variable devices are on with hex number, when single float number on, all bits

which can’t be transformed into hex numbers will be “0”

PMAC common manual commands

(0) ORD/JOG 0000： j+:：continual positive rotation command

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 299 -

(1) ORD/JOG 0010： j- ：continual reverse rotation command

(2) ORD/JOG 0020： j/ ：stop command

(3) ORD/JOG 0030： j=constant

(4) ORD/JOG 0040： j：constant

(5) ORD/JOG 0050： j ^

(6) ORD/JOG 0060： # n

(7) ORD/JOG 0070： home（hm）：manual reset zero commands

(8) ORD/JOG 0080： homez（hmz）：manual reset zero position commands

PMAC common programming commands

(0) ORD/JOG 0100：& n

(1) ORD/JOG 0110：B m R

(2) ORD/JOG 0120：B m S

(3) ORD/JOG 0130：A（ctrl A）：Stop movement program

(4) ORD/JOG 0140：K（ctrl K）：Stop movement program and close enable signal

(5) ORD/JOG 0150： Enable PLC n：Enable PLC, n indicates prog no. of PLC, range 0-31

(6) ORD/JOG 0160： Disable PLC n：Disable PLC, n indicates prog no. of PLC, range 0-31

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 Communication Cable

Controller terminal

9pin D-SUB(male)

3 TXD

5 RXD

9 GND

2 DTR

7 DSR

4 CTS

6 RTS

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

4.61 Power-one AURORA Wind Inverter

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

AURORA PVI-6000-OUTD-US-W RS485 on the port Aurora PV

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

AURO

RA PVI-6000-OUTD-US-W RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 300 -

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 2

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Time Register（double word） ------ Time 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0

Energy Register（double word） ------ Energy 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0

Status variable Register（double word） ------ Measure 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0

Hardware version（double word） ------ Fireware 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0

Software version（double word） ------ Version 0-9999 DDDD

Device sequence No.（double word） ------ SN 0-9999 DDDD

Device ID（double word） ------ PN 0-9999 DDDD

Device work status ------ State 0-9999 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram

NOTE: AURORA Wind Inverter supports two connection modes, please refer to the manual of power-one

Corporation for details.

1. Connect with RS485 port

2. Connect with RJ12

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 301 -

4.62 Profibus DP Slave

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

SIMATIC

S7-300/400

ALL CPUs that have

the DP port

PROFIBUS DP port on the

External Device

Other company devices which support

PROFIBUS DP Master

PROFIBUS DP port Profibus DP Slave

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Parameter SIP Type

SIMATIC

S7-300/400

ALL CPUs that have

the DP port

PROFIBUS DP port on the

External Device Setting

Other company devices which support

PROFIBUS DP Master PROFIBUS DP port Setting

Profibus

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 302 -

NOTE：Input and Output Modules should match with Master Configuration.

PLC Setting

NOTE: you can find kinco.gsd in the fieldbus file of EV5000 Installation Directory, or you can download

from www.kinco.cn.

1. Setup kinco.gsd file

Setup GSD file in the s7-300 software.

Process:

（1）. Closed all the station in HW Config

（2）.choose “option” > “install GSD file”.

（3）.Find out the folder of eview.gsd.

（4）.Choose eview.gsd, and then click the install button.

You can find the ico in PROFIBUS DP\MMI, after installing

2. configuration setting

(1) Make a new project in s7-300 through the guide

(2) We must use OB82，OB86，OB100，OB121 and OB122 in BLOCK, or system will go wrong when PLC

is power-up.

(3) Double click HW Config, choose “DP” and right click “add master station”.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 303 -

(4) Right click，choose “Insert Object”

Click “Kinco_MT5K_ProfibusDP_V1.0”，set address.

NOTE: the address No. of DP master station and slave can not be same.

(5) Input and output setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 304 -

(6) Profibus DP Slave has adaption function，you can change the transmission rate of DP master station,

maximum is 12Mbps.

(7) Double click slave ico, then set User_Prm_Data (0) =01

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 305 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Direct I/O Input LW.B8500.0~8615.F ———— DDDD.H

Direct I/O Output LW.B8000.0~8115.F ———— DDDD.H

Direct I/O Input ———— LW8500~8615 DDDD correspond PIW

Direct I/O Output ———— LW8000~8115 DDDD correspond PQW

Direct I/O Input ———— LW8500~8615(Data

width is dword) DDDD correspond PID

Direct I/O Output ———— LW8000~8115(Data

width is dword) DDDD correspond PQD

NOTE: When use either PID or PQD, you must set User_Prm_Data (0) =1 if HMI communication with the

DP port of Siemens; Other company devices which support PROFIBUS DP Master, default

User_Prm_Data (0) =0.

◎Cable Diagram

A-type violet cable

4.63 RF-IC (Card Reader)

◎Serial Communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 306 -

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RF-IC RF-IC RS232 on the CPU unit RF-IC

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RF-IC RF-IC RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Bit LB 8999 ------ DDDD

------ LW 8900 DDDD

NOTE: LB8999 means bar code has received or not. LB8999=1 means data has received.

◎Cable Diagram

4.64 RKC Instrument INC.

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RKC CH CH402WK02-VV*AN-5N CPU direct RKC CH402

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 307 -

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RKC

CH402WK02-V

V*AN-5N RS485 the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

RS485 communication

PLC Setting

Press “SET” key and “﹤R/S” key at one time,then press the SET key and select parameters:

Add Address *1

bPS Baudrate *2

bIT data instruction *3

InT transmission delay *4

*1: Two bits ASCII code. Example 23, instrument number must 23(32H 33H)

*2: Baudrate controlled by code as below; default value: 2

0：2400 bps

1：4800 bps

2：9600 bps

3：19200 bps

*3: data instruction controlled by code as below; default value: 0

ID Data bit parity stop bit

0 8 none 1

1 8 none 2

2 7 odd 1

3 7 odd 2

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 308 -

4 7 even 1

5 7 even 2

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Alarm 1 status AA: 0 ------ D Read only

Burnout B1: 0 ------ D Read only

PID control/Autotuning G1: 0 ------ D R/W

Alarm 2 status AB: 0 ------ D Read only

RUN/STOP transfer SR: 0 ------ D R/W

Self-tuning G2:0 ------ D R/W

Measured value ------ M1: 0 D Read only

Current transfomer input1 ------ M2: 0 D Read only

Current transfomer input2 ------ M3: 0 D Read only

Error code ------ ER: 0 D Read only

Set value(SV1) ------ S1: 0 D R/W

Alarm 1 setting ------ A1: 0 D R/W

Alarm 2 setting ------ A2: 0 D R/W

Heater break alarm 1 setting ------ A3: 0 D R/W

Heater break alarm 2 setting ------ A4: 0 D R/W

Control loop break alarm ------ A5: 0 D R/W

Heat-side proportional band ------ P1: 0 D R/W

Integral time ------ I1: 0 D R/W

Derivative time ------ D1: 0 D R/W

Anti-reset windup ------ W1: 0 D R/W

Cool-side proportional band ------ P2: 0 D R/W

Overlap/deadband ------ V1: 0 D R/W

Heat-side proportioning cycle ------ T0: 0 D R/W

Cool-side proportioning cycle ------ T1: 0 D R/W

PV bias ------ PB: 0 D R/W

Set data lock function ------ LK: 0 D R/W

◎Cable Diagram

RS485 Communication Cable

CAN bus Communication Cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 309 -

4.65 Saia-Burgess

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

PCS PCS1.C8 RS232 on the CPU unit

PCD

PCD2.M110

PCD2.M120

PCD2.M150

PCD2.M170

PCD2.M480

RS232 on the CPU unit Saia SBus

◎Systems Configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

PCS PCS1.C8 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

PCD PCD2.M110 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 80

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 310 -

RS485 communication

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input I0-8091 ------ DDDDD

Output O0-8091 ------ DDDDD

Flag F0-8091 ------ DDDD

Timer ------ T0-1599 DDDD

Counter ------ C0-1599 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram

PCS1.C8

RS232 communication cable

Controller terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

3 TXD

2 RXD

5 GND

RS485 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 311 -

PCD2.M110

RS232 communication cable

4.66 Sailsors D9 (Temperature Controller)

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Sailsors D9 Swp-T16-80-08-N RS232 on the CPU unit Sailsors D9

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

Sailsors D9 Swp-T16-80-08-N RS485 on the CPU

unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 80

RS485 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 312 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Channel Sample Value ------ CH 0~16 DD

Channel Indexing ------ SN 1~16 DD

◎Cable Diagram

RS485 communication cable

4.67 Schneider Electric, Ltd.

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Micro TSX3705001

TSX 37 05 028DR1

TSX 37 08 056DR1

TSX 37 10 128DT1

TSX 37 10 128DR1

TSX 37 10 128DTK1

TSX 37 10 164DTK1

TSX 37 10 028AR1

TER port on the CPU

Schneider Modicon Uni-TelWay

Modbus RTU

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 313 -

TSX 37 10 028DR1

TSX 37 21 101

TSX 37 22 101

TSX 37 21 001

TSX 37 22 001

Premium TSX P57 103M

TSX P57 153M

TSX P57 203M

TSX P57 253M

TSX P57 303M

TSX P57 353M

TSX P57 453M

TER port on the CPU

Nano TSX 07 3L 28

TSX 07 30 10

TSX 07 31 16

TSX 07 31 24

TSX 07 32 28

TSX 07 33 28

Programming port on CPU

Twido TWD LCAA 10DRF

TWD LCAA 16DRF

TWD LCAA 24DRF

TWD LMDA 20DTK

TWD LMDA 20DUK

TWD LMDA 20DRT

TWD LMDA 40DTK

TWD LMDA 40DUK

RS485 on the CPU unit Schneider Twido Modbus RTU

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link

Module Driver COMM

Type Parameter Cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cableModicon

TSX

TSX3705001

TSX 37 05 028DR1

TSX 37 08 056DR1

TSX 37 10 128DT1

TSX 37 10 128DR1

TSX 37 10 128DTK1

TSX 37 10 164DTK1

TSX 37 10 028AR1

TSX 37 10 028DR1

TSX 37 21 101

TSX 37 22 101

TSX 37 21 001

TSX 37 22 001

RS485 on

the CPU unit

Schneider

Modicon

Uni-TelWay RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 314 -

RS232 Setting Your owner cableTSX3705001

TSX3705001

TSX 37 05 028DR1

TSX 37 08 056DR1

TSX 37 10 128DT1

TSX 37 10 128DR1

TSX 37 10 128DTK1

TSX 37 10 164DTK1

TSX 37 10 028AR1

TSX 37 10 028DR1

TSX 37 21 101

TSX 37 22 101

TSX 37 21 001

TSX 37 22 001

RS485 on

the CPU unit

Modbus

RTU RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Twido

TWD LCAA 10DRF

TWD LCAA 16DRF

TWD LCAA 24DRF

TWD LMDA 20DTK

TWD LMDA 20DUK

TWD LMDA 20DRT

TWD LMDA 40DTK

TWD LMDA 40DUK

RS485 on the CPU unit

RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Schneider Modicon Uni-TelWay protocol

Default communication：9600, 8, odd, 1; station:1

RS232 communication

NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct)

RS485 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 315 -

Modbus RTU protocol

Default communication：9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

RS232 communication

NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 3(OTHER Direct)

RS485 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 316 -

PLC Setting

PL7 software setting

1. Start menu“modicum telemecanique”  “XWAY Driver Manager” to set communication parameter

2. Pop-up to select “UNITELWAY Driver””Configuration””Edit” to modify communication

parameter

3. Press ”OK” and pop up the following tips

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 317 -

4. And then click ”XWAY Test””Connect”, if the connection is successful, it will clue “Connected”

5. Open the PL7 software”Create new project”  click “Hardware configuration”double-click pop-up

window “Comm”

Unitel-way protocol setting as follow:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 318 -

Modbus RTU protocol setting as follow:

6. Setting up the configuration and download the project to the PLC

Schneider Twido Modbus RTU protocol

Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1

NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct).

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 319 -

RS485 communication

PLC Setting

1. Specify a large number for the internal word in the “Controller  Memory Use Edit” and load the

configuration into the PLC to open the memory area for the words. If set the internal word 3000, you can

use address of MW before 3000.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 320 -

2. You must program a coil with maximum address to open the memory area for the Bits. If you

program a coil with 127 addresses, then the address before 127 can be used.

◎Supported Device

Modicon TSX

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Internal Relay S00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Auxiliary Relay M00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Data Register Relay MW.B0000-9999.F ------ DDDD.H

Data register ------ MW0000-7999 DDDD

Data register double word ------ MD0000-7999 DDDD

Twido

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Output Relay 0X 1-9999 ------ DDDD

Input Relay (read only) 1X 1-9999 ------ DDDD

Input Register (read only) ------ 3X 1-9999 DDDD

Output Register ------ 4X 1-9999 DDDD

NOTE:

The M register in the software of TWIDO corresponds to 0X in the ev5000 software; MW corresponds

to 4X.The HMI’s address must plus 1 to correspond with the address of PLC.

e.g.: M0 corresponds to 0X1.

Don’t use 1X, 3X device, because there is no correspondence with the PLC.

◎Cable Diagram

Uni-TelWay protocol

RS232 communication cable

Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct)（Add a direct

line）

RS485 communication cable

Modicon modbus protocol

RS232 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 321 -

PLC software setting: “Hardware Configuration”double click “Ccom” to select “MODBUS/BUS

LINK”; others are default parameters.

Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 3 (OTHER Direct)

RS485 communication cable

PLC software setting: “Hardware Configuration”double click “Ccom” to select “ MODBUS/BUS

LINK”; Others are default parameters.

Schneider Twido Modbus RTU protocol

RS232 communication cable

Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries

RS485 communication cable

4.68 SHIMADEN

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

FP23 FP23 RS485 on the CPU unit SHIMADEN FP23

MR13 FP23 RS485 on the CPU unit SHIMADEN MR13

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

FP23 FP23

RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

MR13 MR13

RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 322 -

SHIMADEN FP23

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

SHIMADEN MR13

HMI Settings

Default communication parameters of HMI

NOTE: When communicating with COM mode, you should first put the 18C address 1, and then open the

COM communication mode to communicate successfully. The bool element address is set to 1.18C, as

shown in the following figure:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 323 -

PLC Settings

Please refer to relevant instructions of communication equipment for related parameter settings.

◎ Supported Device

FP23

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

State instructions(Write Only) Ctrl_Write 184-252 ------ HHH

Sequence code(Read Only) ------ Array Code 0-3 H

Basic parameter value（Read Only） ------ Basic_Read 00-42 HH

OUT1_W,OUT2_W(Write Only) ------ Out_Write 0-1 H

PV1，PV2（Read Only） ------ PV_Read 0-1 H

Reference（Read & Write） ------ Reference 300-952 HHH

Basic_Read operatable address

PLC addr

（HEX） Parameter R/W Parameters mean

00H PV_W Read Measurements

01H SV_W Read Setting value

02H OUT1_W Read Output1 value

03H OUT2_W Read Output2 value

04H EXE_FLG Read Execute_flag（no execute=0）

05H EV_FLG Read Event_flag（no event output 0000）

06H Reserve Read value:0000H

07H EXE_PID Read Execute_PID No.

09H HB_W Read Heater break alarm

0AH HL_W Read Heater loop alarm

0BH DI_FLG Read DI status flag

10H UNIT Read Measurement unit

11H RANGE Read Measuring range

12H CJ Read Cold junction compensation 0=Internal 1=External

13H DP Read Decimal position, 0=none 1=0.1 2=0.01 3=0.001 4=0.0001

14H SC_L Read PV lower limit side scaling

15H SC_H Read PV higher limit side scaling

16H DPFLG Read 0=show 1=cancel

20H E_PRG Read Execute flag of program

21H E_PTN Read Execution step No. of step loop

22H Reserve Read Reserve

23H E_RPT Read Curve repeat time

24H E_STP Read Execution count of step loop

25H E_TIM Read Step time

26H E_PID Read PID No. execution

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 324 -

29H E_STPRPT Read Number of steps

42H POSI Read Seven switches（feedback 0-100）

Ctrl_Write operatable address example

PLC addr（HEX） Parameter R/W Parameters mean

184H AT write Execution automatically adjustment 0：OFF1：ON

18CH COM write Communication Protocol：0: LOC 1: COM

Reference operatable address example

PLC Addr（HEX） Parameter R/W Parameters mean

300H FIX_SV R/W

FIX mode SV: in the limit range of SV

460H PB21 R/W ratio coefficient：0.0 to 999.9％(0.0=OFF)

About device address details, please refer to the FP23 communication protocol.

Show: H indicates HEX

Note: 1、Setting the parameters of ADDR address, the settings must be the same as the corresponding PLC

station.

2、When Connecting multiple instruments, for distinguishing instruments, each instrument must be

set different ADDR value.

MR13

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

State instructions(Write

Only)

Ctrl_Write

1.184-3.252

------- HHH

Sequence code(Read

Only)

------- Array

Code1.000-3.003

D.HHH

Basic parameter value

（Read Only）

------- Basic_Read

1.000-3.042

D.HHH settings

OUT1_W,OUT2_W(W

rite Only)

------- Out_Write

1.000-3.001

D.HHH

PV1，PV2（Read Only） ------- PV_Read

1.000-3.002

D.HHH PV1(1.0;2.0;3.0)

PV2(1.1;2.1;3.1)

PV3(1.2;2.2;3.2)

Reference （Read &

Write）

------- Reference

1.100-3.952

D.HHH settings

（Example: In address 1.184, “1” is the channel address, “2” is the control address, and the communication mode is chosen

as the public address, regardless of the channel. The address is set to 1.184(AT mode)and1.18C(COM mode) by default.）

Basic_Read 可操作地址

Examples: Address “1.2” ,”1” is the channel address, and “2” is the control address

PLC

Address

（HEX）

Parameter Read/Write Meanings of Parameter Remark /Example for 3

channel address

01H SV_W Read Setting values 1.1；2.1；3.1(setting values of

three channels)

02H OUT_W Read Limits of output control 1.2；2.2；3.2

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 325 -

04H EXE_FLG Read Execution flag Non execution =0

05H EV_FLG Read Event output flag bit Non event output=0000

06H Retain Read The value is fixed to 0000H

07H EXE_PID Read The current executed PID

number

09H HB_W Read Heater disconnection alarm

value

0AH HL_W Read Undercurrent alarm value

0BH DI_FLG Read DI switch status flag bit

10H UNIT Read 0=℃;1=℉;2=% 3=K;

4=NONE

11H RANGE Read Measuring range

12H CJ Read Cold junction compensation 0=Internal；1=External

13H DP Read Position of decimal point 0=None；1=0.1；2=0.01......

14H SC_L Read Lower limit of measuring

range

15H SC_H Read Higher limit of measuring

range

16H DPFLG Read Digital decimal place 0=Display ; 1=Cancel

20H E_PRG Read Program execution tagging

21H E_PTN Read The currently executed curve

number

22H Retain Read Retain

23H E_RPT Read Curve repeat number

24H E_STP Read Current executed step of the

curve

25H E_TIM Read The remaining time of the

current executed step

26H E_PID Read The current executed PID

number

29H E_STPRPT Read Program execution steps

42H POSI Read Seven switching quantities

Ctrl_Write：Operable address examples

PLC Address

（HEX）

Parameter

Read/Write

Remark /Example for 3

channel address

184H AT Write Self-tuning function，

0=OFF;1=0N

18CH COM Write COM function：0=Local;

1=COM

（Example: In address 1.184, “1” is the channel address, “2” is the control address, and the communication

mode is chosen as the public address, regardless of the channel. The address is set to 1.184(AT

mode)and1.18C(COM mode) by default.

Reference：Operable address examples

PLC Address Parameter Read/Write 备注/地址

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 326 -

（HEX）

100H PV(Measuring values ) Read Example: 1.100；2.100；3.100

101H E_SV(Setting values) Read Example: 1.101；2.101；3.101

184H AT(Self tuning) Write 0：Stop；1：Execute

18CH COM(Communication

state )

Write 0：Local communication

1：COM Communication

... ... ... ...

8C2 The ninth step number

of PID

Read/Write 1.8C2，2.8C2，3.8C2

Example: In address 1.184, “1” is the channel address, “2” is the control address, and the communication

mode is chosen as the public address, regardless of the channel. The address is set to 1.184(AT

mode)and1.18C(COM mode) by default.

For other parameters, refer to 《mr13 communication protocol 》, at the sixth section of the communication

data address table.

Notice:

1.When you set the parameter address of communication,the setting value must be the same as the

station number of the corresponding PLC.

2.In the case of connecting multiple meters, a different parameter address value is required for each

instrument to distinguish between different instruments.

◎ Cable Diagram

FP23

FP23 programmable PID regulator of 8 point and 10 point must be shorted or communications

failure

RS485 communication cable

MR13

RS485-2:Communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 327 -

4.69 SIEMENS

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

S7-200

CPU212

CPU214

CPU215

CPU216

CPU221

CPU222

CPU224

CPU226

CPU224 XP CN

CPU226 XP CN

RS485 on the CPU unit

S7-200 SMART CR40

SR20 RS485 on the CPU unit

SIEMENS S7-200

S7-300

CPU312IFM

CPU313

CPU313C

CPU314

CPU314IFM

CPU315

CPU315-2 DP

CPU316

CPU316-2 DP

CPU318-2

MPI port on the CPU unit

S7-400

CPU412-1

CPU412-2 DP

CPU412-3H

CPU413-1

CPU413-2 DP

CPU414-1

CPU414-2 DP

CPU414-3 DP

CPU416-1

CPU416-2 DP

CPU416-3 DP

CPU417-4

MPI port on the CPU unit

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC

Adapter Direct)

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI

Direct) *1

S7-300

CPU312IFM

CPU313

CPU313C

CPU314

MPI port on the CPU unit SIEMENS MPI*2

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 328 -

CPU314IFM

CPU315

CPU315-2 DP

CPU316

CPU316-2 DP

CPU318-2

NOTE 1. *1 :The protocol is suitable for the MT5020 series with MPI extended port. This

protocol supports multi HMI to multi PLC communication

2. *

2 : The protocol is suitable for the MT4000 series HMI in 2013 November factory.

This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication

◎ Ethernet Communication (Direct online simulation disable)

Series CPU Link Module Driver

SIMATIC S7-200

CPU222

CPU224

CPU224 XP

CPU226

CP 243-1 IT

CP 243-1

SIEMENS S7-200

Ethernet (TCP Slave)

SMART S7-200 CR40

SR20 Ethernet interface on CPU

SIEMENS S7-200

SMART Ethernet (TCP

Slave)

SIMATIC S7-1200 CPU1214C CPU

SIMATIC S7-1500 CPU1511-1 PN CPU

SIEMENS S7-1200 /1500

Ethernet (TCP Slave)

CPU315-2DP CP 343-1 IT

CP 343-1

SIMATIC S7-300 CPU315-2 PN/DP

CPU317-2 PN/DP

CPU319-3 PN/DP

Ethernet interface on CPU SIEMENS S7-300

Ethernet (TCP Slave)

SIMATIC S7-400

CPU412-1

CPU412-2 DP

CPU412-3H

CPU413-1

CPU413-2 DP

CPU414-1

CPU414-2 DP

CPU414-3 DP

CPU416-1

CPU416-2 DP

CPU416-3 DP

CPU417-4

CPU414-3 PN/DP

CPU416-3 PN/DP

CP 443-1 IT

CP 443-1

SIEMENS S7-400

Ethernet

(TCP Slave)

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 329 -

CPU414-3 PN/DP

CPU416-3 PN/DP

Ethernet interface

on CPU

SIEMENS LOGO! 6ED1

052-1MD00-0AB8 Ethernet interface on CPU SIEMENS LOGO!

Ethernet(TCP Slave)

◎BUS Communication

Please refer to 4.59 Profibus DP Slave.

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 Setting Your owner cable

S7-200

CPU222

CPU224

CPU226

CPU224 XP CN

CPU226 XP CN

RS485 on the CPU unit

RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

S7-200

SMART

CR40

SR20 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

RS232

S7-300/400

(PC Adapter

Direct)

protocol

Setting Your owner cable

RS485

S7-300/400

(MPI Direct)

protocol

Setting Your owner cable

S7-300 CPU312IFM

CPU313

CPU313C

CPU314

CPU314IFM

CPU315

CPU315-2 DP

CPU316

CPU316-2 DP

CPU318-2

MPI port on the CPU unit

RS485

SIEMENS

MPI protocol

Setting Your owner cable

RS232

S7-300/400

(PC Adapter

Direct)

protocol

Setting Your owner cableS7-400 CPU412-1

CPU412-2 DP

CPU412-3H

CPU413-1

CPU413-2 DP

CPU414-1

CPU414-2 DP

CPU414-3 DP

CPU416-1

CPU416-2 DP

CPU416-3 DP

CPU417-4

MPI port on the CPU unit

RS485

S7-300/400

(MPI Direct)

protocol

Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet System configuration

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 330 -

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

SIMATIC S7-200

CPU222

CPU224

CPU224 XP

CPU226

CP 243-1 IT

CP 243-1 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

SIMATIC S7-200

SMART

CR40

SR20

Ethernet

interface on

CPU

Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

SIMATIC

S7-1200 CPU1214C CPU

SIMATIC

S7-1500 CPU1511-1 PN CPU

Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

CPU315-2DP CP 343-1 IT

CP 343-1

SIMATIC S7-300 CPU315-2 PN/DP

CPU317-2 PN/DP

CPU319-3 PN/DP

Ethernet

interface on

CPU

Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

SIMATIC S7-400 CPU412-3H CP 443-1 IT

CP 443-1 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

SIEMENS

LOGO!

6ED1

052-1MD00-0AB

Ethernet

interface on

CPU

Ethernet 6Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

SIEMENS S7-200 protocol

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, even; station No.: 2.

NOTE: HMI Baudrate can reach to187.5k, but don’t support online simulate for187.5K.

RS232 communication

RS485 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 331 -

PLC Setting

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters: 19200bps, 8, 2, odd; station：2

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 332 -

NOTE:

1. If you use MT5-S7-300 adapter to communicate, the baudrate of PLC must be 187.5K, and HMI must be

19.2K

2. If we use PC adapter, PLC station No. is not necessary, so the communication is one-to-one.

3. DB block must be created, otherwise the relevant registers can not write (DB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD).

DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD address start must be an even number.

PLC Setting

1. Production of the adapter with KINCO, MPI transmission rate must be set 187.5K. 19.2K general users

of the transmission rate, if the S7-300 MPI-side transmission rate is 19.2K, you need to change it into the

Siemens adapter 187.5K (where changes in the hardware properties)

2. MPI address must be 2.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 333 -

3. After the software change, downloaded to PLC, make sure the transmission rate of MPI is 187.5K, and

then in the options set PG / PC interface, select PC Adapter (MPI), MPI-side of the transfer rate will be

changed to 187.5K.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 334 -

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol

HMI Setting

NOTE:

1. This protocol is suitable for MT5020 series with MPI extended port.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 335 -

2. This protocol supports multi-station communication, and the MPI is RS485 port, so we can use this

protocol to communicate between many HMI and PLC, and then we must set the master station number.

3. HMI station No. can be 0~15, PLC station No. must be 0~15, the station No. of HMI and PLC can not be

the same number.

4. PLC baud rate can be 187.5K or 19.2K.

5. You must set DB first, or register cannot write（DB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD. The initial address of

DBm.DBW and DBm.DBD must be even number.

6. This protocol doesn’t support direct simulation and indirect simulation.

PLC Setting

1. PLC station No. can be 0~15.

2. MPI baud rate can be 19.2k or 187.5k.

SIEMENS MPI Direct protocol

HMI setting

Default parameter:19200bps, 8, none, 1; station number:2

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 336 -

PLC setting

PLC station No. can be 2-15, MPI baud rate can be 19.2k or 187.5k

NOTE:

1. You should set DB block first, otherwise the registers as DB.DBX,DB.DBW and

DB.DBD cannot write.

2. This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 337 -

PLC Setting

The settings for the CP 243-1 are defined in STEP 7 Micro/WIN via the Ethernet Wizard. For

assistance with all the information go to STEP 7 Micro/WIN Online Help via F1.

1. Starting the Ethernet Wizard

- Open STEP 7 Micro/WIN

- Start the Ethernet Wizard via “Tools >Ethernet Wizard….”

- Click on “Next”

2. Specifying module position

If your PC is connected to the S7-200, click the “Read modules” button to determine the position of

the CP 243-1 module automatically. Otherwise, the module position can also be entered manually.

Important:

The panel can only establish a connection with a Cp243-1 if the module is configured to “position 0”.

- Check if the CP is connected in the module position “ZERO” and change the module position if

necessary.

- Identify or enter the module position “ZERO”.

- Click on “Next”.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 338 -

3. Specifying IP address

3.0 Define an IP address for the CP 243-1.

Caution:The IP address for this application may not be taken automatically from a server because the

panel requires a fixed reference partner (CP 243-1) for the Ethernet communication.

Note: The communication connection type for this module can be defined by the “Automatic Setting”.

4.0 Click on “Next” to continue.

4. Parameterizing PtP connection

5.0 Specify the command byte for the module and the number of point-to-point connections with the

CP 243-1 .

6.0 Click on “Next”.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 339 -

5. Configuration connection

7.0 The configuration for connecting the CP 243-1 to the panel must be defined as in Fig..

8.0 Click OK to confirm the entries.

Warning: The TSAP must always be specified in four-digit format, with a leading zero (02.00).

6. Using CRC protection

Set the CRC protection the way you want it. It is advisable to work without CRC protection first of all. The

“Keep Alive Interval” can be specified with the default time.

9.0 Activate the CRC protection and change the time of the “Keep Alive Interval” if required.

10.0 Click on “Next”.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 340 -

7. Assigning memory

11.0 Specify a memory area for the configuration of the CP 243-1.

Recommend: If you click on Suggest address, the Wizard can identify a variable memory area.

Note: The register used in the panel must be out of the memory area for the configuration.

12.0 Click on “Next”.

8. Creating project components

If you click on “Close”, the Ethernet Wizard generates the project components for the set configuration.

Among other things, subprograms and the variable memory are created in the data block.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 341 -

9. Confirm message

13.0 Click “Yes” to confirm the message that appears.

10. Call ETH0_CTRL

14.0 In your STEP 7 Micro/WIN program, you must call the ETH0_CTRL subroutine in each cycle.

15.0 Finally, load the entire configuration into the S7-200.

SIEMENS S7-200 SMART Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 342 -

SIEMENS S7-1200 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

1. Modify the IP address

a. Setting IP in “General”“Profinet interface”

b. After configuration, download device. Download in the first time, select the “Extended download to

device”, in the dialog to select show all accessible devices.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 343 -

c. Select the device, press “Load”.

2. Build the data block

Portal10：

Data block must be created, otherwise the relevant registers can not write (DB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD).

Double-click “Add new block”

For example, add new block “DB10”, setting as follow

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 344 -

NOTE:

1. Make sure the data type of PLC same as the HMI when defining the data block. For example, if the data

type of PLC is REAL, then the data type of number input/display component must be float in HMI.

2. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For

example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to

DB5.DBW34 or more.

Portal13：

1. Must disable “Optimized block access” in the DB block properties-[general]-[Attributes].

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 345 -

2. Must enable “Permit access with PUT/GET communication from remote partner (PLC, HMI,

OPC, …)” in the CPU properties-[General]-[Protection].

SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

1. In “HW configuration” insert CP300 industrial Ethernet.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 346 -

2. Set IP address in the Properties of CP343-1.

3. After HW configuration, download.

SIEMENS S7-400 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 347 -

NOTE: Dual redundant parameters configuration of S7-400 Ethernet communication

16.0 The station No. is composed of two parts: track No. and slot No., and station No. is a byte, the track

No. is the high 4 bits, and the slot No. is the low 4 bits. For example, the station No. is 0x03 in hex,

that is to say, the track No. is 0 and CPU slot No. is 3.

17.0 Protocol timeout 1 stands for IP address of redundancy PLC. For example, if the IP address is

192.168.100.240, corresponding to the hex value 0xC0A864F8, then transfer this value to decimal, it is

3232261368.

18.0 Protocol timeout 2 stands for tack No. and Slot No. of redundant PLC, for example, if the Protocol

timeout 2 is 19, corresponding to the 0x13 in hex, that is to say the track No. is 1 and slot No. is 3.

19.0 When configuring PLC in HMI program, just need to configure one PLC but not two.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 348 -

PLC Setting

1. In the hardware configuration, insert CP400 Ethernet module CP443-1：

2. Open the Properties of CP443-1, set the IP address. No need to set MAC address.

3. Download after finishing hardware configuration

SIEMENS LOGO! Ethernet(TCP Slave)

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 349 -

PLC Setting

Set the same parameters as the HMI dose.

◎Supported Device

S7-200

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

SCR S.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DDD.O

Special memory Relay SM.B 0.0-549.7 ------ DDDD.O

Counter Relay Cnt 0-255 ------ DDD.O

Timer Relay Tim 0-255 ------ DDD.O

V Relay V.B 0.0-10238.7 ------ DDDDD.O

Internal Memory Relay M.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DDDDD.O

Discrete outputs and image Relay Q.B 0.0-15.7 ------ DDDDD.O

Discrete inputs and image Relay I.B 0.0-15.7 ------ DDDDD.O

Analog Outputs ------ AQW 0-62 DD

Analog Inputs ------ AIW 0-62 DD

SCR double word ------ SD 0-28 DD

SCR ------ SW 0-30 DD

Special memory double word ------ SMD 0-546 DDD

Special memory ------ SMW 0-548 DDD

Internal memory double word ------ MD 0-28 DD

Internal memory ------ MW 0-30 DD

Discrete outputs and image register double word ------ QD 0-12 DD

Discrete outputs and image register ------ QW 0-14 DD

Discrete inputs and image register double word ------ ID 0-12 DD

Discrete inputs and image register ------ IW 0-14 DD

Timer（Current Value） ------ Cnt 0-255 DDD

Counter（Current Value） ------ Tim 0-255 DDD

V memory double word ------ VD 0-10236 DDDDD

V memory ------ VW 0-10238 DDDDD

NOTE：VW、VD address must be an even number

SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 350 -

V Relay V.B 0.0-20479.7 ------ DDDD.O

Internal Memory Relay M.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Discrete outputs and image Relay Q.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Discrete inputs and image Relay I.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Special memory Relay SM.B 0.0-1535.7 ------ DDDD.O

SCR S.B 0.0-31.7

------ DD.O

Internal memory double word ------ MD 0-28 DD

Internal memory ------ MW 0-30 DD

Discrete outputs and image register double word ------ QD 0-28 DD

Discrete outputs and image register ------ QW 0-30 DD

Discrete inputs and image register double word ------ ID 0-28 DD

Discrete inputs and image register ------ IW 0-30 DD

V memory double word ------ VD 0-20478 DDDD

V memory ------ VW 0-20476 DDDD

SIEMENS S7-200 SMART Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word

Address Format Notes

V Relay V.B 0.0-20479.7 ------ DDDD.O

Internal Memory Relay M.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Discrete outputs and image Relay Q.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Discrete inputs and image Relay I.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Special memory Relay SM.B 0.0-1535.7 ------ DDDD.O

SCR S.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Internal memory double word C.FLAG 0-255 ------ DDD

Internal memory T.FLAG 0-255 ------ DDD

Discrete outputs and image

Discrete inputs and image register

double word ------ QD 0-28 DD

Discrete inputs and image register ------ QW 0-30 DD

V memory double word ------ ID 0-28 DD

V memory ------ IW 0-30 DD

V Relay ------ Cnt 0-255 DDD

Internal Memory Relay ------ Tim 0-255 DDD

Discrete outputs and image Relay ------ VD 0-20478 DDDD

Discrete inputs and image Relay ------ VW 0-20476 DDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 351 -

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

External Input node I 0.0~511.7 ------ DDDD.O

External Output node Q 0.0~511.7 ------ DDDD.O

Internal assistant node M 0.0~4095.7 ------ DDDD.O

Data Register Relay node

DBm.DBX

0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:10~60

Data Register Relay ------ DBm.DBW 0-65534 DDDDD m:10~60

Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBm.DBD 0-65532 DDDDD m:10~60

Internal Relay ------ MW 0~2046 DDDD

Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~2044 DDDD

External Output Relay ------ QW 0~126 DDD

External Output Relay (32 bit) ------ QD 0~124 DDD

External Input Relay ------ IW 0~126 DDD

External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~124 DDD

NOTE:

1. The initial address of DBm.DBW and DBm.DBD must be even number.

2. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For

example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to

DB5.DBW34 or more.

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct)& SIEMENS MPI

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

External Input node I 0.0~255.7 ------ DDDD.O

External Output node Q 0.0~255.7 ------ DDDD.O

Internal assistant node M 0.0~8191.7 ------ DDDD.O

Data Register Relay node DBm.DBX 0.0~65533.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~60

Data Register Relay node DBn.DBX

100000.0~409665535.7

------ DDDDD.O n:1~4096

Counter ------ C 0~2047 DDD

Timer ------ T 0~2047 DDD

Internal Relay ------ MW 0~8190 DDDD

External Output Relay ------ QW 0~254 DDD

External Input Relay ------ IW 0~254 DDD

Internal Relay ------ MD 0~8188 DDDD

External Output Relay ------ QD 0~252 DDD

External Input Relay ------ ID 0~252 DDD

Data Register Relay ------ DBm.DBW 0~65532 DDDDD m:1~60

Data Register Relay (32 ------ DBm.DBD 0~65532 DDDDD m:1~60

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 352 -

bit)

Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW

100000-409665534

DDDDDDDDD n:1~4096

Data Register Relay (32

bit)

------ DBn_DBD

100000-409665532

DDDDDDDDD n:1~4096

NOTE:

1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First four data formats for data block number, the

address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000 software

addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4

2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.

3. *1 T/C registers are read only.

4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For

example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to

DB5.DBW34 or more.

SIEMENS S7-1200 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

External Input node I 0.0~127.7 ------ DDDD.O

External Output node Q 0.0~127.7 ------ DDDD.O

Internal assistant node M 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O

Data Register Relay node

DBn_DBX

100000.0~25565535.7 ------ DDDDDDDD.O

Data Register Relay node DBm_DBX

0.0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~10

Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW

100000-25565534 DDDDDDDD n:1~255

Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBn_DBD

100000-25565532 DDDDDDDD n:1~255

Data Register Relay ------ DBm_DBW

0-65534 DDDDD

Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBm_DBD

0-65532 DDDDD

m:1~10

Internal Relay ------ MW 0~2046 DDDD

Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~2044 DDDD

External Output Relay ------ QW 0~126 DDD

External Output Relay (32

bit) ------ QD 0~124 DDD

External Input Relay ------ IW 0~126 DDD

External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~124 DDD

NOTE:

1. EV5000 in the DB register corresponds to the definition of S7-1200 software, the absolute address of DB,

rather than the global symbol DB.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 353 -

2. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number,

the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000

software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4

3. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.

4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For

example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to

DB5.DBW34 or more.

SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

External Input node I 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O

External Output node Q 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O

Internal assistant node M 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O

Data Register Relay node

DBn_DBX

100000.0~25565535.7 ------ DDDDDDDD.O

Data Register Relay node DBm_DBX

0.0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~10

Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW

100000-25565534 DDDDDDDD n:1~255

Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBn_DBD

100000-25565532 DDDDDDDD n:1~255

Data Register Relay ------ DBm_DBW

0-65534 DDDDD

Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBm_DBD

0-65532 DDDDD

m:1~10

Internal Relay ------ MW 0~2046 DDDD

Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~2044 DDDD

External Output Relay ------ QW 0~2046 DDD

External Output Relay (32 bit) ------ QD 0~2044 DDD

External Input Relay ------ IW 0~2046 DDD

External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~2044 DDD

NOTE:

1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number,

the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000

software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4

2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.

3. The data type of MB, IB, QB registers can’t be set to signed int.

4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For

example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to

DB5.DBW34 or more.

SIEMENS S7-400 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 354 -

External Input node I 0.0~255.7 ------ DDD.O

External Output node Q 0.0~255.7 ------ DDD.O

Internal assistant node M 0.0~8191.7 ------ DDDD.O

Data Register Relay

node

DBn_DBX

100000.0~25565535.7 ------ DDDDDDDD.O

Data Register Relay

node

DBm_DBX

0.0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~10

Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW

100000-25565534 DDDDDDDD

Data Register Relay (32

bit)

------ DBn_DBD

100000-25565532 DDDDDDDD

Data Register Relay ------ DBm_DBW 0-65534 DDDDD

Data Register Relay (32

bit)

------ DBm_DBD 0-65532 DDDDD

m:1~10

Internal Relay ------ MW 0~8190 DDDD

Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~8188 DDDD

External Output Relay ------ QW 0~254 DDD

External Output Relay

(32 bit) ------ QD 0~252 DDD

External Input Relay ------ IW 0~254 DDD

External Input Relay

(32 bit) ------ ID 0~252 DDD

NOTE:

1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number,

the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000

software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4

2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.

3. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For

example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to

DB5.DBW34 or more.

SIEMENS LOGO! Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input I_Bit 1-64 ------ DD Read Only

Output Q_Bit 1-64 ------ DD

Flag Bit M_Bit 1-112 ------ DDD

Network Input NI_Bit 1-128 ------ DDD

Network Output NQ_Bit 1-128 ------ DDD

V Relay V_Bit 0.0-1469.7 ------ DDDDo

Analog Input ------ AI_Word 1-16

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 355 -

Analog Output ------ AQ_Word 1-16

Analog Mark ------ AM_Word 1-16

Network Analog Input ------ NAI_Word 1-64 DD

Network Analog Onput ------ NAQ_Word 1-32 DD

V memory ------ VW_Word

DDDD

V memory double word ------ VD_Word 0-1466 DDDD

NOTE：VD、VW address must be an even number

◎Cable Diagram

SIEMENS S7-200 protocol

RS232 communication

Siemens models using standard serial PC / PPI cable . Cable Baud Rate DIP switch settings are as

follows:

1 ) with 5 DIP switch cable

PC/PPI Cable switch to select the baud rate

Baud SWITCH（1=on）

38400 000

19200 001

9600 010

4800 011

2400 100

1200 101

2）with 8 DIP switch cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 356 -

PC/PPI Cable switch to select the baud rate

Baud SWITCH（1=on）

115200 110

57600 111

38400 000

19200 001

9600 010

4800 011

2400 100

1200 101

Note: The switch 5 is set to 0 , the selected item Freeport;the switch 6,7,8 is set to 0.

PC / PPI cable on the baud rate DIP switch settings, you must set the baud rate with the PLC and

PC SET PG / PC Interface match the settings , Siemens S7-200 PLC baud rate can be programmed

via STEP7-Micro/WIN software settings.

RS485 communication

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol

RS232 communication

MT5-S7-300 PC Adapter communication cable

Need to add a communication cable in adapter RS232 terminal

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 357 -

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol

RS485 communication

SIEMENS MPI protocol

RS485-2 communication

Long distance communication with MPI adapter:

The cable length must be 600m or less in the 187.5k ,the 7 pin and 2 pin must connect with 24V power in

the port of RS485, the 8 pin and 3 pin must connect with 120Ωterminal resistance.

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 358 -

4.70 SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Siko AG05 AG05 Port on CPU unit SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

Siko AG05 AG05 CPU Direct RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default parameter：57600bps，8，none，1，station：1

PLC Setting

Please reference to controller manual.

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Parameter No. ------ ID 0-FF HH

SW ------ SW 0-0 D

CW ------ CW 0-0 D

Note Direct online simulation disable

◎Cable Diagram

RS485-2

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 359 -

4.71 Sinocon Sc1n

◎Serial Communication

◎ System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

SC1N SC1N-30T-2

AD2DA

RS232 on the CPU

unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎ Communication Setting

HMI setting

Default parameter：9600bps，7，even，1，station：1

RS232

RS485

Series CPU Link Module Driver

SC1N SC1N-30T-2AD2DA

RS232 on the CPU

unit Sinocon Sc1n

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 360 -

◎ Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X 000-177 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y 000-177 ------ OOO

Data Contact D_bit 0.0-5998.F ------ DDDD.F

Internal Relay M 0000-1535 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact T 000-255 ------ DDD

Counter Contact C 000-255 ------ DDD

Special Internal Relay SM 8000-8255 ------ DDDD

State S 000-999

------ DDD

Timer Value ------ T_word 000-255 DDD

Counter Value ------ C_word 000-199 DDD

Data Register ------ D_word 0000-5998 DDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD_word 8000-8255 DDDD

Counter Value ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD 32 bit device

◎ Cable Diagram

RS232

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 361 -

RS485

4.72 TAIAN

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on the CPU unit

Taian TOP3-30HR-A

RS485 on the CPU unit Taian

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Taian TOP3-30HR-A

RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 362 -

RS485 communication

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Input Relay（receive external

switch signal） X0-377 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y0-377 ------ OOO

Auxiliary Relay M（0-7679）& (8000-8511）------ DDDD

Step Relay S0-4096 ------ DDDD

Timer Relay T0-511 ------ DDD

Counter Relay C0-255 ------ DDD

Data Register ------ D0-8511 DDDD

Data Register ------ Z0-15 DD

Data Register ------ V0-15 DD

Timer(Current value） ------ T_Current_Word 0-511 DDD

Counter(Current value） ------ C_Current_Word 0-199 DDD

Counter ------ C_Current_Double 200-255 DDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 363 -

Timer(Preset value) ------ T_Preset_Word 0-511 DDD

Counter(Preset value) ------ C_Preset_Word 0-199 DDD

Counter ------ C_Preset_Double 200-255 DDD

NOTE：Z, V is the turn of the write and read out. When testing a single word, max interval of word block

pack and max word block package size are changed to 1.

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication cable

RS485 communication cable

4.73 TMCM

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

TMCM_303 RS232 on the CPU unit TMCM_303

TMCM-6110 TMCM-6110 RS485 on the CPU unit TMCM_6110

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

TMCM_303 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

TMCM-6110 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

TMCM_303:

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 364 -

Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

TMCM_6110:

HMI Setting

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

PLC Setting

communication parameters setting:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 365 -

Serial baud rate value Serial baud rate

0 9600 baud Default

1 14400 baud

2 19200 baud

3 28800 baud

4 38400 baud

5 57600 baud

6 76800 baud Not supported by Windows！

7 115200 baud

8 230400 baud

9 250000 baud Not supported by Windows！

10 500000 baud Not supported by Windows！

11 1000000 baud Not supported by Windows！

◎Supported Device

Please refer to TMCL Reference Manual for device details

TMCM_303

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

ROR ------ 0-2 D Write Only

ROL ------ 0-2 D Write Only

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 366 -

MST 0-2 ------ D Write Only

MVP ------ 0.0-2.7 DD.D Write Only

SAP

0.008-0.013

1.008-1.013

2.008-2.013

0.0-2.213 DDDD.DDD Write Only

GAP

0.008-0.013

1.008-1.013

2.008-2.013

0.0-2.213 DDDD.DDD Read Only

STAP 0.0-2.213 ------ DDDD.DDD Write Only

RSAP 0.0-2.213 ------ DDDD.DDD Write Only

SGP 0.077

0.129

0.0-0.038

0.64-0.81

0.128-0.132

1.0-1.11

2.0-2.19

DDDD.DDD Write Only

GGP 0.077

0.129

0.0-0.038

0.64-0.81

0.128-0.132

1.0-1.11

2.0-2.19

DDDD.DDD Read Only

RFS ------ DWord 0.0-2.2 DD.D Write Only

SIO 0-7 ------ D Write Only

GIO 0.0-0.10

2.0-2.07 1.0-1.7 DDD.DD Read Only

CALC ------ 0-9 D Write Only

COMP ------ 0 D Write Only

JC ------ 0-9 DD Write Only

JA ------ 0 D Write Only

CSUB ------ 0 D Write Only

RSUB 0 ------ D Write Only

WAIT ------ 0.0-4.7 DD.D Write Only

STOP 0 ------ D Write Only

TMCM_6110

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

STOP 0-0 ------ D

RSUB 0-0 ------ D

SIO 0-7 ------ D

RSGP 0.000-255.255 ------ DDD.DDD

STGP 0.000-255.255 ------ DDD.DDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 367 -

RSAP 0.000-255.255 ------ DDD.DDD

STAP 0.000-255.255 ------ DDD.DDD

MST 0-5 ------ D

WAI T ------ 0.000-4.255 D.DDD

CSUB ------ 0-0 D

JA ------ 0-0 D

JC ------ 0-12 DD

COMP ------ 0-0 D

CALC ------ 0-9 D

GIO ------ 0.000-255.255 DDD.DDD

RFS ------ 0.000-2.255 D.DDD

GGP ------ 0.000-255.255 DDD.DDD

SGP ------ 0.000-255.255 DDD.DDD

GAP ------ 0.000-255.255 DDD.DDD

SAP ------ 0.000-255.255 DDD.DDD

MVP ------ 0.000-2.255 D.DDD

ROL ------ 0-5 D

ROR ------ 0-5 D

NOTE:The address format of registers is [type].[motor].c

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 Communication Cable

RS485 Communication Cable

HMI

9pin D-SUB female/male Controller

9pin D-SUB(male)

1 RX-

6 RX+

5 GND

8 D-

3 D+

5 GND

com0/com1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 368 -

4.74 Toledo DLoadCell

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

D3CellTM D3CellTM RS422 on the CPU unit DLoadCell

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

D3CellTM D3CellTM RS485 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable

◎Supported Device

For detailed device, please refer to the PLC manual.

◎Communication Setting

◎Cable Diagram

RS485 Communication Cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 369 -

4.75 Toshiba

◎Network Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

V30 TCXMAIN1 Ethernet interface on CPU Toshiba V30 Ethernet （TCP Slave）

V-series S2PU72A Ethernet interface on CPU Toshiba S2PU72A Ethernet（TCP Slave）

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Connect Type Parameter Cable

ToShiBaV30 TCXMAIN1 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

V-series S2PU72A Ethernet 6Setting Your owner cable

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI setting

TCXMAIN1：

S2PU72A：

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 370 -

PLC setting

Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter。

◎Supported Device

TCXMAIN1：

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

0x00000000-0x0000FFFF R00_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x01000000-0x0100FFFF R01_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x02000000-0x02000FFF R02_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x03000000-0x03000FFF R03_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x04000000-0x04000FFF R04_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x05000000-0x05000FFF R05_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x06000000-0x06000FFF R06_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x07000000-0x07000FFF R07_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x08000000-0x0800FFFF R08_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x09000000-0x09000FFF R09_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x0A000000-0x0A000FFF R0A_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x0B000000-0x0B00FFFF R0B_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x0C000000-0x0C00FFFF R0C_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x0D000000-0x0D000FFF R0D_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x0E000000-0x0E000FFF R0E_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x0F000000-0x0F000FFF R0F_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x10000000-0x10000FFF R10_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x11000000-0x11000FFF R11_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x12000000-0x1200FFFF R12_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 371 -

0x13000000-0x13000FFF R13_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x14000000-0x14000FFF R14_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x15000000-0x15000FFF R15_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH

0x17000000-0x17007FFF R17_B 0.00-7FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x41000000-0x4100FFFF R41_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x51000000-0x5100FFFF R51_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x52000000-0x520000FF R52_B 0.00-FF.1F ------ HH.HH

0x61000000-0x6107FFFF R61_B 0.00-7FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x62000000-0x62003FFF R62_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x63000000-0x63003FFF R63_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x64000000-0x64003FFF R64_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x65000000-0x65003FFF R65_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x66000000-0x66003FFF R66_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x67000000-0x67003FFF R67_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x68000000-0x68003FFF R68_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x69000000-0x69003FFF R69_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x6A000000-0x6A003FFF R6A_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------

HHHH.HH

0x6B000000-0x6B003FFF R6B_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x6C000000-0x6C003FFF R6C_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x6D000000-0x6D003FFF R6D_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------

HHHH.HH

0x6E000000-0x6E003FFF R6E_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH

0x6F000000-0x6F000FFF R6F_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------

HHH.HH

0x00000000-0x0000FFFF ------ R00 0-FFFF

HHHH

0x01000000-0x0100FFFF ------ R01 0-FFFF

HHHH

0x02000000-0x02000FFF ------ R02 0-FFF

HHH

0x03000000-0x03000FFF ------ R03 0-FFF

HHH

0x04000000-0x04000FFF ------ R04 0-FFF

HHH

0x05000000-0x05000FFF ------ R05 0-FFF

HHH

0x06000000-0x06000FFF ------ R06 0-FFF

HHH

0x07000000-0x07000FFF ------ R07 0-FFF

HHH

0x08000000-0x0800FFFF ------ R08 0-FFFF

HHHH

0x09000000-0x09000FFF ------ R09 0-FFF

HHH

0x0A000000-0x0A000FFF ------ R0A 0-FFF

HHH

0x0B000000-0x0B00FFFF ------ R0B 0-FFFF

HHHH

0x0C000000-0x0C00FFFF ------ R0C 0-FFFF

HHHH

0x0D000000-0x0D000FFF ------ R0D 0-FFF

HHH

0x0E000000-0x0E000FFF ------ R0E 0-FFF

HHH

0x0F000000-0x0F000FFF ------ R0F 0-FFF

HHH

0x10000000-0x10000FFF ------ R10 0-FFF

HHH

0x11000000-0x11000FFF ------ R11 0-FFF

HHH

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 372 -

0x12000000-0x1200FFFF ------ R12 0-FFFF

HHHH

0x13000000-0x13000FFF ------ R13 0-FFF

HHH

0x14000000-0x14000FFF ------ R14 0-FFF

HHH

0x15000000-0x15000FFF ------ R15 0-FFF

HHH

0x17000000-0x17007FFF ------ R17 0-7FFF

HHHH

0x41000000-0x4100FFFF ------ R41 0-FFFF

HHHH

0x51000000-0x5100FFFF ------ R51 0-FFFF

HHHH

0x52000000-0x520000FF ------ R52 0-FF

0x61000000-0x6107FFFF ------ R61 0-7FFF

HHHH

0x62000000-0x62003FFF ------ R62 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x63000000-0x63003FFF ------ R63 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x64000000-0x64003FFF ------ R64 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x65000000-0x65003FFF ------ R65 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x66000000-0x66003FFF ------ R66 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x67000000-0x67003FFF ------ R67 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x68000000-0x68003FFF ------ R68 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x69000000-0x69003FFF ------ R69 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x6A000000-0x6A003FFF ------ R6A 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x6B000000-0x6B003FFF ------ R6B 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x6C000000-0x6C003FFF ------ R6C 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x6D000000-0x6D003FFF ------ R6D 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x6E000000-0x6E003FFF ------ R6E 0-3FFF

HHHH

0x6F000000-0x6F000FFF ------ R6F 0-FFF

HHH

S2PU72A：

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

XX 0.0-3071.F ------ DDDD.F

RR 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.F

SS 0.0-511.F ------ DDD.F

X_WORD ------ 0-3071 DDDD

R_WORD ------ 0-4095 DDDD

S_WORD ------ 0-511 DDD

◎Cable Diagram

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 373 -

4.76 Trio motion controller

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

TRIO

Euro Euro 205x RS232 on the CPU unit Modbus RTU Extend

MC MC405 RS232 on the CPU unit Trio (mode7)

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM

Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

TRIO Euro 205x

RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Modbus

RTU Extend Euro 205x RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable Trio

（mode7） MC405 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

TRIO protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 1

RS232 communication

Controller internal setting:

RS485-4 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 374 -

Controller internal setting:

PLC Setting

Select the HOST LINK protocol in the PLC program software

1. Define HOST LINK slave node

HLS_NODE=1

2. Define HOST LINK slave model

HLS_MODEL=$FA

3. Set up HOST LINK slave for port2.

Trio controller setting: SETCOM(baudrate, databits, stopbits, parity, port, 5)

SETCOM（9600，7，2，2，2，5）

RS232 communication

RS485-4 communication

Modbus RTU Extend protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 375 -

RS485-4 communication

PLC Setting

Modbus Protocol：

ADDRESS=1

SETCOM（9600,8,1,2,1,4）

Trio(mode7) protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 376 -

RS485-4 communication

PLC Setting

Modbus Protocol：

ADDRESS=1

SETCOM（9600,8,1,2,1,7）

◎Supported Device

TRIO

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

I/O and Internal Auxiliary Relay IR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD

Link Relay LR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD

Assistant Relay AR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD

Holding Relay HR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD

Data Memory ---------- DM 0-30000 DDDDD

Timer/Counter ---------- TC 0-255 DDD

NOTE：Address correspondence: IRn.m-->the m Trio VR (n); DMn->Table (n). Example IR1.02

corresponds to the 2nd bit of VR1.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 377 -

Modbus RTU Extend

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Data register bit 4X_bit 0.0-1023.15 ---------- DDDD.DD

Data register ---------- 4X 0-1023 DDDDD

NOTE：Address correspondence: 4x corresponds to VR; 4x_bit corresponds to VR’s bit. Address difference

between one position, e.g. 4x (501) corresponds to VR (500); 4x_bit (67.1) corresponds to the first bit of

VR (66).

Trio (mode 7)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

VR 0-4095 DDDD

Data register ---------- Table 0-32767 DDDDD

NOTE: In this communication, users should choose data type as float.

◎Cable Diagram

NOTE: In the controller, A port is programming port, B port is communication port

Programming Cable

RS232 Communication Cable

RS422 Communication Cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 378 -

4.77 Unitronics

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on the CPU unit

Vision 130 V130-33-B1 RS485 on the CPU unit Unitronics

◎Network Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Vision 130 V130-33-B1 Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit Unitronics Ethernet(TCP Slave)

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

Vision 130 V130-33-B1 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

Vision 130 V130-33-B1 Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

HMI Setting

RS232 default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 379 -

RS485 default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 64

PLC Setting

1. COM Initialize in the program software by RS485 communication.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 380 -

2. Initialize ID, and program as below, download to controller.

3. Change the jumper position and choose RS485 communication.

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 381 -

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Inputs I 0~999 ------ DDD Read only

Outputs O 0~999 ------ DDD

Memory Bits MB 0~8191 ------ DDDD

System Bits SB 0~999 ------ DDD

Timers T 0~383 ------ DDD Read only

Counters C 0~31 ------ DD Read only

Memory Integer ------ MI 0~4095 DDDD

Memory Longer ------ ML 0~511 DDD

Double Word ------ DW 0~255 DDD

Memory Float ------ MF 0~63 DD

System Integer ------ SI 0~999 DDD

System Longer ------ SL 0~199 DDD

System Double Word ------ SDW 0~199 DDD

Timers Preset ------ T_C 0~383 DDD Read only

Timers Current ------ T_P 0~383 DDD Read only

Counters Preset ------ C_C 0~31 DD Read only

Counters Current ------ C_P 0~31 DD Read only

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication cable

RS485-2 communication cable

PLC RJ12 pins are defined as follow:

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 382 -

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.78 Universal ASCII Slave

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Universal ASCII Slave Universal ASCII Slave RS232 on the CPU unit Universal ASCII Slave

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

Universal ASCII

Slave

Universal ASCII

Slave

RS232 on the

CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 1

◎Supported Device

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 383 -

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

send LB 0 ------ D

clear LB1 ------ D

Send data buffer ------ LW 0~99 DD

Receive data buffer ------ LW 100~199 DDD

Correspond to

COM0

send LB2 ------ D

clear LB3 ------ D

Send data buffer ------ LW 200~299 DD

Receive data buffer ------ LW 300~399 DDD

Correspond to

COM1

send LB 4 ------ D

clear LB5 ------ D

Send data buffer ------ LW400~499 DD

Receive data buffer ------ LW 500~599 DDD

Correspond to

COM2

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication cable

4.79 Vigor Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

VH VH-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit

VB0 VB0-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit Vigor

VS1 VS1-10MT-D RS485 CP1 Vigor VS

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

VH VH-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

VB0 VB0-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

VS1 VS1-10MT-D RS485 CP1 RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

Vigor Protocol：

Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 1; station: 0

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 384 -

NOTE：CP1* baudrate 19200bps.

*：CP1 programming port is USB(RS232).

Vigor VS Protocol：

RS485：Default parameter：19200，8,1，None；Station No：0

PLC Setting

Set the same parameters as the HMI does.

◎ Supported Device

Vigor Protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

ut Rela

X0-255 ------ OOO

Out

ut Rela

Y0-255 ------ OOO

Internal Rela

M0-5119 ------ DDDD

ecial Rela

SM 9000-9255 ------ DDDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 385 -

Timer Relay T_bit 0-255 ------ DDD

Counter Relay C_bit 0-255 ------ DDD

Timer ------ T_word 0-255 DDD

Counter ------ C_word 0-199 DDD

Counter double word ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD

Data Re

iste

------ D0-8191 DDDD

ecial Data Re

iste

------ SD 9000－9255 DDDD

Vigor VS Protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X 0-377 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ OOO

Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD

Special Relay SM 0-511 ------ DDD

Data Register D (bit) D_BIT 0.0-8999.F ------ DDDD.H

Data Register R (bit) R_BIT ------ DDDDD.

Step Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Timer Coil T_XQ 0-511 DDD

Timer Contact T_JD 0-511 DDD

Counter Coil C_XQ 0-255 DDD

Counter Contact C_JD 0-255 DDD

Timer ------ T_WORD 0-511 DDD

Counter ------ C_WORD 0-199 DDD

Counter（32 bit） ------ C_DWORD 200-255 DDD

Data Register D ------ D_WORD 0-8999 DDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD_WORD 0-511 DDDD

Data Register R ------ R_WORD 0-25999 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

VH-14MR RS232 communication cable

1. Communication via USB programming port

Connection with HMI by programming cable of Vigor

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 386 -

2. Communication via auxiliary interface of programming device:

3．RS485-2 communication cable

4.80 XINJE Controller

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Modbus RTU

XINJE XC XC3-32R-E RS232 on the CPU unit XINJE XC Series

RS232 on the Port 1

XINJE XDM XDM-60T10-E RS485 on the Port 2 XINJIE XDM Series

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

XINJE XC XC3-32R-E RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the Port 1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable XINJE

XDM

XDM-60T10

-E RS485 on the Port 2 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

XINJE XC Series protocol

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 387 -

HMI Setting

Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1

XINJE XDM Series protocol

HMI Setting

Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1

RS232

RS485

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 388 -

◎ Supported Device

XINJE XC Series

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Internal Relay M0~M7999 ------ DDDDD

Input Relay X0.0~X51.1 ------ OOOOOO.O

Output Relay Y0.0~Y51.1 ------ OOOOOO.O

State Relay S0~S1023 ------ DDDDD

Special Relay M8000~M8511 ------ DDDDD

Timer Relay T0~T618 ------ DDDDD

Counter Relay C0~C634 ------ DDDDD

Data register ------ D0~D7999 DDDDD

Timer ------ TD0~TD618 DDDDD

Counter ------ CD0~CD634 DDDDD

Special Data Register ------ D8000~D8511 DDDDD

FlashROM Register ------ FD0~FD5000 DDDDD

Special FlashROM Register ------ FD8000~FD8511 DDDDD

Internal extend register ------ ED 0~36863 DDDDD

Input register ------ ID 0~9999 DDDD

Output Register ------ QD 0~9999 DDDD

NOTE：

1. O indicates OCT, D indicates HEX.

2. Example: X\Y address: 1 in the controller corresponds with 0.1 in the HMIWare; X\Y address: 17 in the

controller correspond with 1.7 in the HMIWare.

MODBUS RTU protocol

Coil Area：

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 389 -

bits Addr MODBUS addr（Decimal K）

M0~M7999 0X 1~0X 8000

X0~X511 0X 16385~0X 16714

Y0~Y511 0X 18433~0X 18762

S0~S1023 0X 20481~0X 21504

M8000~M8511 0X 24577~0X 25088

T0~T618 0X 25601~0X 26219

C0~C634 0X 27649~0X 28283

words Addr MODBUS addr（Decimal K）

D0~D7999 4X 1~4X8000

TD0~TD618 4X 12289~4X12907

CD0~CD634 4X 14337~4X 14971

D8000~D8511 4X 16385~4X 16896

FD0~FD1535 4X 18433~4X19968

FD8000~FD8511 4X 26625~4X 27136

XINJE XDM Series

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Counter HSC 0-39 ------ DD

Counter HC 0-1023 ------ DDDD

Timer task HT 0-1023 ------ DDDD

State relay HS 0-999 ------ DDD

Auxiliary relay HM 0-6143 ------ DDDD

Order function block SEM 0-127 ------ DDD

Timer task ET 0-39 ------ DD

Counter C 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Timer task T 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Auxiliary relay SM 0-4095 ------ DDDD

State relay S 0-7999 ------ DDDD

Output relay Y3 0-77 ------ OO

Output relay Y2 0-277 ------ OOO

Output relay Y1 0-1777 ------ OOOO

Output relay Y 0-77 ------ OO

Input relay X3 0-77 ------ OO

Input relay X2 0-277 ------ OOO

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 390 -

Input relay X1 0-1777 ------ OOOO

Input relay X 0-77 ------ OO

Auxiliary relay M 0-20479 ------ DDDDD

Confidentiality register ------ FS 0-47 DD

Flash register ------ SFD 0-4095 DDDD

Flash register ------ FD 0-8191 DDDD

Counter ------ HSCD 0-39 DD

Counter ------ HCD 0-1023 DDDD

Timer task ------ HTD 0-1023 DDDD

Dater register ------ HSD 0-1023 DDDD

Dater register ------ HD 0-6143 DDDDD

Counter ------ ETD 0-39 DD

Timer task ------ CD 0-4095 DDDD

Timer task ------ TD 0-4095 DDDD

Dater register ------ SD 0-4095 DDDD

Functional module ------ QD3 0-99 DD

Functional module ------ QD2 0-299 DDD

Functional module ------ QD1 0-1599 DDDD

Functional module ------ QD 0-99 DD

Functional module ------ ID3 0-99 DD

Functional module ------ ID2 0-299 DDD

Functional module ------ ID1 0-1599 DDDD

Functional module ------ ID 0-99 DD

Dater register ------ D 0-20479 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 Communication

RS485 Communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 391 -

4.81 XiLin Inverter

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

XiLin EH600 RS485-2 on the CPU unit XiLin EH600

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

XiLin EH600 RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default Communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Addr communication parameter ------ Addr HHHH

A FWD ------ A 0 D

B REV ------ B 0 D

C FJOG ------ C 0 D

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 392 -

D RJOG ------ D 0 D

E Free halt ------ E0 D

F Slow down ------ F 0 D

G Reset failures ------ G 0 D

PLC Setting

Please refer to XILIN frequency converter manual for details about device address.

◎Cable Diagram

4.82 Yamatake Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

DCP30 P30A2 RS485 on the CPU unit Yamatake DCP30

SDC35/36

C352

C354

C362

C364

RS485 on the CPU unit

DMC10D

DMC DMC10S RS485 on the CPU unit

Yamatake SDC/DMC

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

DCP30 P30A2 RS485 on the CPU

unit RS485 Setting Your owner

cable

SDC35/36

C352

C354

C362

C364

RS485 on the CPU

unit RS485 Setting Your owner

cable

DMC10D DMC

DMC10S

RS485 on the CPU

unit

RS485 Setting Your owner

cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 393 -

Yamatake DCP30 protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

Yamatake SDC/DMC protocol

SDC

Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

DMC

Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 6

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 394 -

PLC Setting

1. Set modbus RTU in the SLP-D10, and then download.

2. Station match with the switch on the device.

◎Supported Device

DCP30

Device Bit Address Word Address（Parameter code） Format Notes

RUN Status ------ 1-26 DDD

PARA ------ 1-33 DDD

EU ------ 1-13 DDD

PID ------ 1-80 DDD

SET ------ 1-99 DDD

TBL ------ 1-22 DDD

CNST ------ 1-26 DDD

FO_R 1-19 ------ DDD

FO_W 1-19 ------ DDD

FC 1-19 ------ DDD

FD 1-19 ------ DDD

FBR1_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 395 -

FBR2_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR3_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR4_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR5_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR6_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR7_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR8_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR9_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR10_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR11_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR12_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR13_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR14_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR15_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR16_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR17_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR18_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

FBR19_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD

Please refer to the communication protocol for details.

NOTE：

1、SET C85 ----- Transmission rate，data type

0：9600，even，stopbit 1；

1：9600，none，stopbit 2；

2：4800，even，stopbit 1；

3：4800，none，stopbit 2.

2、SET C84 -----setting station No. The value of C84 must be the same as the PLC’s station No.

When connecting multiple instruments, for distinguishing instruments, each instrument must be set

C84 value with a different parameter. .

3、Must press “FUNC+PARA” to set the parameter；

4、PROG. have 19 numbers and SEG have 30 numbers, press DOWN key (sub) and PROG key (add) to

change program number；

5、Press “FUNC+PROG” to change the program.----every program must be set firstly and then

communicate will be ok, or else “PLC Response Error” will print;

6、After “RUN/HLD” light on, many parameters can’t be modified(e.g. SET) In order to reset, press

“ PROG+RUN/HOLD” .

Modify the parameter at the state of “DISP”, not at the state of “INPUT”；

7、On the temperature controller, time parameters show number with sexagesimal.

（Example it shows 2222 on the screen, but on the controller panel shows 37.02-----37.00*60+2=2222）

8、PROG’s address setting：

FBR1_R indicates prog 1. (e.g. PROG 1) format: DDD.DD. Main address DDD indicates seg No,

subaddress DD indicates parameter value, the correspondence as follows

（Example：FBR1_R address 11.10 indicates PROG 1,SEG 1,T1 2nd ）

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 396 -

Sub addr DD correspond to temperature controller：

Sub Addr Parameter Sub Addr Parameter

.0 SP .12 T2 2nd

.1 TM .13 T3 1st

.2 None（Skip） .14 T3 2nd

.3 EV1 .15 T4 1st

.4 Blank .16 T4 2nd

.5 EV2 .17 T5 1st

.6 Blank .18 T5 2nd

.7 EV3 .19 PID

.8 Blank .20 None（Skip）

.9 T1 1st .21 9.5.

.10 T1 2nd .22 9.5.to

.11 T2 1st

SDC36（Please refer to the manual of yamatake SDC36 for details）

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Data Register ———— 4X 0-65535 DDDDD

DMC（Please refer to the manual of DMC-SPL for details, in 10-8 communication parameters）

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Data Register ———— 4X 1002-65535 DDDDD Address add 1 to the list of

communication parameters

Example: CH1 PV is according to 4X1005 in the HMIWare.

◎Cable Diagram

DCP 30 series

RS485 communication cable

RS232 communication cable

Need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 397 -

Commutator terminal

9 pin D-SUB male

2 TX

3 RX

5 GND

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

SDC36 series

RS485 communication cable

DMC series

RS485 communication cable

4.83 Yaskawa Electric Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

V（Inverter）

CIMR-JT

2A0001B

RS485 on the CPU unit Yaskawa AH Modbus RTU

MP（Motion Controller）

MP2200

MP2300

MP2310

MP2300S

RS232 on the CPU unit Yaskawa MP2300

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 398 -

RS232 on the CPU unit

SGDM RS422 on the CPU unit Yaskawa SGDM

RS232 on the CPU unit

∑/∑ PlusⅡⅡ （Servo Controller）

SGDV RS422 on the CPU unit Yaskawa SGDV

◎Network communication (support indirect online and direct online)

Series CPU Link Module Driver

MP series MP2400 ETH on the CPU unit Yaskawa Ethernet(UDP Slave)

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

V CIMR-JT2A

0001BAA RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

MP MP2300 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

SGDM RS422 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

∑Ⅱ/∑Ⅱ

Plus SGDV RS422 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

MP series MP2400 ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Yaskawa AH Modbus RTU protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

PLC Setting

20.0 change the inverter panel button ”up” or “down”, adjustment to the parameter mode

21.0 then adjust to H5-01 by the button ”up” or “down”，according to the required parameter set

No. Name Scope Parameter description Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 399 -

H5-01 Secondary station

address

0~FFH Secondary station

number

H5-02 The choice of the

communication speed

0~5 0：1200bps

1：2400bps

2：4800bps

3：9600bps

4：19200bps

5：38400bps

H5-03 The choice of the

communication check

0~2 0：no check

1：even check

2：odd check

NOTE: the inverter should be restarted to be effective。

Yaskawa MP2300 protocol

Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1

Yaskawa SGDM protocol

Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0

RS232 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 400 -

RS485-4 communication

PLC Setting

Related parameters Settings refer to the communication equipment description。

Yaskawa SGDV protocol

RS232 communication

HMI Setting

Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 0

NOTE:Set max word block package size as 2

RS485-4 communication

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 401 -

NOTE: Station No. is a decimal number corresponding to axis address of servo controller.

PLC Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 402 -

NOTE：

1. axis address 0020H is the station number of PLC，here is hexadecimal，HMI is the decimal system;

2.if you change the axis address, Parameters will be displayed unless you restart

◎Network Communication Setting

Yaskawa Ethernet(UDP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 403 -

PLC Setting

1. Set the IP，connect with the MPE720 software

2. How to set the IP

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 404 -

Change, save, and save to flash：

Restart the controller and the set is ok.

If online, then you can monitoring the data：

Monitor single data：

Monitor the Register：

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 405 -

◎Supported Device

V inverter

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Internal/external output node 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Internal/external input node 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD

Simulant input data register ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD

data register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD

NOTE:

1 this drive can not provide write batch of word part;

2 Address correspondence: MEMOBUS+1=4X

Eg: b1-01（requency instruction selection），MEMOBUS register address is 080 H;the corresponding

screen is 4X 385

MP2300

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Coil MB0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H

Input Relay IB 0.0-FFF.F ------ HHHH.H

Hold Register ------ MW 0-65534 DDDDD

Input Register ------ IW 0-7FFF HHHH

NOTE：IB0.0-0.F are occupied by the system; IW0 is occupied by the system.

SGDM

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Function Selection Basic Switches ------ Pn000 ～ Pn003 HHH

Speed Loop Gain and so on ------ Pn100 ～ Pn118 HHH

Position Control Reference ------ Pn200 ～ Pn205 HHH

Speed Control Reference ------ Pn300 ～ Pn308 HHH

Torque Control Reference ------ Pn400 ～ Pn407 HHH

Sequence Reference ------ Pn500 ～ Pn510 HHH

Other ------ Pn600 ～ Pn601 HHH

Monitor mode ------ Un000 ～ Un00D HHH

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 406 -

SGDV

Device Bit Address Word Address Format

Function

Selection ------------

（Pn000~Pn002）&（Pn006~Pn009）

（Pn00B~Pn00D）& Pn010 & Pn080 HHH

Gain ------------

（Pn100~Pn106）&（Pn109~Pn10F）& Pn11F

（Pn121~Pn125）&（Pn131~Pn132）& （Pn135~Pn136）

（Pn139 & Pn13D）&（Pn140~Pn14B）

Pn14F &（Pn160~Pn165）&Pn170 & Pn190

HHH

Position ------------ Pn200 & Pn205 & Pn207 &Pn20A & Pn20E

Pn210 & Pn212 &（Pn216~Pn218）& Pn22A & Pn281 HHH

Speed ------------ （Pn300~Pn307）&（Pn310~Pn312）& Pn324 HHH

Touque

------------

（Pn400~Pn410）& Pn412 & Pn415 &（Pn423~Pn425）

Pn456 & Pn460 &（Pn481~Pn482）&（Pn486~Pn488）

Pn490 &（Pn493~Pn495）& Pn498

HHH

Sequential Control

------------

（Pn501~Pn503）&（Pn506~Pn509）& Pn51B

Pn51E & Pn520 & Pn522 & Pn524 & Pn526

（Pn528~Pn52C）&（Pn52F~Pn531）&（Pn533~Pn536）

（Pn550~Pn553）&（Pn560~Pn561）&（Pn600~Pn601）

HHH

Input/Output signal ------------ （Pn50A~Pn513）&（Pn515~Pn517） HHH

UDP

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input register node IB0000.0-FFFF.F ------ HHHHH.H

Output register node OB0000.0-FFFF.F ------ HHHHH.H

holding register node MB00000.0-65534.F ------ DDDDD.H

Input register ------ IW0000-FFFF HHHH

Output register ------ OW0000-FFFF HHHH

Holding register ------ MW00000-65534 DDDDD

NOTE：In the HMIWare, bit address format is HHHH.H, but there is no point in the controller. E.g.: In the

EV5000 software, the bit address is MB65534.F, but there is no point in the controller, and it is MB65534F.

We set the I\O address as large as enough, and we found the big address can’t be written, but it is the same

effect with the monitoring.

◎Cable Diagram

V series inverter

RS485-2 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 407 -

MP2300

RS232 communication cable

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal

9 pin D-SUB (male)

1 FG

2 SD(TXD)

3 RD(RXD)

4 RS(RTS)

5 CS(CTS)

7 SG(GND)

9 ER(DTR)

1 FG

2 RD(RXD)

3 SD(TXD)

5 SG(GND)

6 DR(DSR)

7 RS(RTS)

8 CS(CTS)

SGDM/SGDV

RS232 communication cable

RS422 communication cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 408 -

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.84 Yokogawa Electric Corporation

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

F3SP21-0N

F3SP25-2N

F3SP28-3N

F3SP35-5N

F3SP38-6N

F3SP53-4H

F3SP58-6H

F3SP28-3S

F3SP38-6S

F3SP53-4S

F3SP58-6S

F3SP59-7S

CPU Direct

F3LC11-1N

F3LC11-1F

F3LC11-2F

F3LC12-1F

FA-M3

F3SP20-0N

F3SP21-0N

F3SP25-2N

F3SP28-3N

F3SP30-0N

F3SP35-5N

F3SP38-6N

F3SP53-4H

F3SP58-6H

F3SP36-3N

F3SP28-3S

F3SP38-6S

F3SP53-4S

F3SP58-6S

F3SP59-7S

F3SP66-4S

F3SP67-6S

F3LC11-2N

Yokogawa FA-M3

◎Network Communication（direct online simulation disable）

Series CPU Link Module Driver

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 409 -

F3SP21-0N

F3SP25-2N

F3SP28-3N

F3SP35-5N

F3SP38-6N

F3SP53-4H

F3LE01-5T

F3LE11-0T

F3SP58-6H

F3SP28-3S

F3SP38-6S

F3SP53-4S

F3SP58-6S

F3SP59-7S

F3LE01-5T

F3LE11-0T

FA-M3

F3SP66-4S

F3SP67-6S Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit

Yokogawa FA-M3

Ethernet(TCP Slave)

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable

RS232 on the CPU

unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

FA-M3

F3SP21-0N

F3SP25-2N

F3SP28-3N

F3SP35-5N

F3SP38-6N

F3SP53-4H

F3SP58-6H

F3SP28-3S

F3SP38-6S

F3SP53-4S

F3SP58-6S

F3SP59-7S

F3SP20-0N

F3SP21-0N

F3SP25-2N

F3SP28-3N

F3SP30-0N

F3SP35-5N

RS422/485(4Wire)

port on F3LCLL-2F

RS422 Setting Your owner cable

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 410 -

F3SP38-6N

F3SP53-4H

F3SP58-6H

F3SP36-3N

F3SP28-3S

F3SP38-6S

F3SP53-4S

F3SP58-6S

F3SP59-7S

F3SP66-4S

F3SP67-6S

RS422/485(2Wire)

port on F3LCLL-2F

RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

F3SP21-0N

F3SP25-2N

F3SP28-3N

F3SP35-5N

F3SP38-6N

F3SP53-4H

F3LE01-5T

F3LE11-0T

F3SP58-6H

F3SP28-3S

F3SP38-6S

F3SP53-4S

F3SP58-6S

F3SP59-7S

F3LE01-5T

F3LE11-0T

FA-M3

F3SP66-4S

F3SP67-6S

Ethernet I/F

on CPU Unit

Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

HMI Setting

RS232 default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0 (station number disable)

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 411 -

RS485-4 default communication: 19200, 8, 1, none; station: 1

RS485-2 default communication: 19200, 8, 1, none; station: 1

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 412 -

PLC Setting

RS485-4 communication configuration

Set the 485 communication module on the right as below.

1. Transmission Speed Setting Switch: SW1=7

2. Data Code Setting Switch: SW2

Bit Settings Setup Description

1 ON Data Length

2 OFF Parity Bit

3 OFF --

4 OFF Stop Bit

5 OFF Exist Sum Check

6 ON Exist Terminator

7 OFF Protect

8 OFF Always OFF

3. Station No. setting 1

4. Set the termination resistance switch of only the module which terminates the connection to 4- WIRE

RS485-2 communication configuration

Set the 485 communication module on the right as below.

1. Transmission Speed Setting Switch: SW1=7

2. Data Code Setting Switch: SW2

Bit Settings Setup Description

1 ON Data Length

2 OFF Parity Bit

3 OFF --

4 OFF Stop Bit

5 OFF Exist Sum Check

6 ON Exist Terminator

7 OFF Protect

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 413 -

8 OFF Always OFF

3. Station No. setting 1

4. Set the termination resistance switch of only the module which terminates the connection to 2- WIRE.

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

PLC setting

Use the swicthes on the right side of Ethernet module for setting the External Device.

1. Set all condition setup switch off.

2. Set IP Address: 192.168.100.230.

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Link Relay L 1~256 ------ DDD

Special Relay M 1~256 ------ DDD

Internal Relay I 1~256 ------ DDDD

Output Relay Y (233~264)&(333~364）------ DDD

Input Relay X (201~232)&( 301~332）------ DDD Read only

Special Register ------ Z_word 1~256 DDDD

Link Register ------ W_word 1~256 DDD

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 414 -

Index Register ------ V_word 1~64 DD

File Register ------ B_word 1~256 DD

Data Register ------ D_word 1~256 DDD

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication cable

Yokogawa programming cable

Controller terminal

6 pin

com2

3 TX

2 RX

5 GND

8 TX

7 RX

5 GND

com0/com1

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

1 TXD

2 RXD

5 GND

RS485-4 communication cable

HMI terminal

9pin D-SUB female/male

1 RX-

6 RX+

5 GND

SDA-

SDB+

RDA-

RDB+

4 TX-

9 TX+

Controller

RS422 terminal

com0/com1

RS485-2 communication cable

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.85 YuDian AI

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 415 -

AI-518

AI-701 RS485 on the CPU unit YuDian AI Single_Loop

AI-7048 RS485 on the CPU unit YuDian AI 4_Loop

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

AI-518

AI-701 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

AI-7048 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

◎Supported Device

YuDian AI Single_Loop

Device Bit Address Word Address（参数代号） Format Notes

HiAL 0 ------ D Read only

LoAL 0 ------ D Read only

dHAL 0 ------ D Read only

dLAL 0 ------ D Read only

orAL 0 ------ D Read only

AL1 0 ------ D Read only

AL2 0 ------

D Read only

PV ------ 0 D Read only

MV ------ 0 D

SV ------ 0 D

ALARM ------ 0 D Read only

Reference ------ 86 DD

Address correspond to

AI parameters code

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 416 -

NOTE：

1、When setting the parameter of ADDR, it match the PLC Station Number .

2、If connecting many devices, you should set different ADDR values.

YuDian AI 4_Loop

AI-7048

Device Bit Address Word Address（参数代号） Format Notes

HiAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only

LoAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only

dHAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only

dLAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only

orAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only

AL1 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only

AL2 0.0-3.0 ------

D.D Read only

PV ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D Read only

MV ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D

SV ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D

ALARM ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D Read only

Reference ------ 0.0-3.086 D.DDD Address correspond to AI

parameters code

NOTE:

1、When setting the parameter of ADDR, it match the PLC Station Number.

2、If connecting many devices, you should set different ADDR values.

3、AI-7048 has 4 loops, so it occupies 4 address, For instance, Addr=5,address 5~8 were used by this

controller, other controller can’t use address 5~8.

EXAMPLE

Take HIAL for example, look up table and then know that HIAL parameters code is 1, so HIAL for 4

channels correspond to address in HMI should be Reference0.01，Reference1.01，Reference2.01，

Reference3.01.

If station number is 2, Reference0.01 is HIAL address of channel 2(station No. 2 + main address 0),

Reference1.01 is HIAL address of channel 2(station No. 2 + main address 1), and so on.

Thereinto the setting of station number is very important, it denotes start address of the controller (viz.

instrument address in instrument parameter), and main address just denotes 4 channels. When main address

is 0, it denotes channel (station number+0)

TABLE

Table 1

Parameter

Code Adjustor Inspection instrument

DEC AI-518/708/808/518P/70

8P/808P AI-519/719/719P AI-501/701 AI-702M/704M/706M

0 SV /SteP SV /SteP N/A N/A

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 417 -

1 HIAL HIAL HIAL HIAL

2 LoAL LoAL LoAL LoAL

3 dHAL HdAL HdAL N/A

4 dLAL LdAL LdAL N/A

5 dF CHYS AHYS dF

6 Ctrl Ctrl N/A N/A

7 M5 P N/A N/A

8 P I N/A N/A

9 t d N/A N/A

10 CtI CtI N/A N/A

11 Sn InP InP Sn

12 dIP dPt dPt dIP

13 dIL SCL SCL dIL

14 dIH SCH SCH dIH

15 ALP AOP AOP ALP

16 Sc Scb Scb Sc

17 OP1 OPt OPt OPn

18 oPL OPL N/A oPL

19 oPH OPH N/A oPH

20 CF AF N/A Cn

Feature codes/Program

control words(Run:0

Pause:4 Stop:12)

Feature codes/Program

control words(Run:0

Pause:4 Stop:12)

Feature codes(the

same to SV, and it

can be modified)

Feature codes

22 Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W）

23 dL FILt FILt dL

24 run A-M N/A nonc

25 Loc Loc Loc Loc

26 C01(set the MV when

writing AI-808)

C01(set the MV when

writing AI-519/719)

27 t01 t01

28 C02 C02

29 t02 t02

30 C03 C03

31 t03 t03

32 C04 C04

33 t04 t04

34 C05 C05

35 t05 t05

36 C06 C06

37 t06 t06

38 C07 C07

39 t07 t07

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 418 -

40 C08 C08

41 t08 t08

42 C09 C09

43-85 t09-C30 t09-C30

86 Run time of current

program

Run time of current

program

Table 2

Parameter Code Flow totalizer AI-301M 4 loop PID

adjustor

DEC HEX （AI-708H/Y/808H） Frequency

measurement/switching value AI-7048

0 00H SV SV SP

1 01H FHIA HIAL HIAL

2 02H FloA LoAL LoAL

3 03H SPE dHAL

4 04H Act dLAL

5 05H Sn dF AHYS

6 06H FSc CtrL At

7 07H PdIH M5 P

8 08H CSc P I

9 09H CdIH t d

10 0AH Cut CtI

11 0BH FdIH Frd InP

12 0CH FdIP dIP dPt

13 0DH PA dIL SCL

14 0EH Po dIH SCH

15 0FH Co ALP AOP

16 10H Frd switch state Scb

17 11H CF oP1

18 12H bC OPL

19 13H IoL OPH OPH

20 14H FoH CF AF

21 15H Feature codes Feature codes Feature codes

22 16H Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W）

23 17H IoH dL FILt

24 18H FdL run Nonc

25 19H Loc Loc Loc

26 1AH N/A MV Cn

27 1BH FdF

28 1CH CHIA

29 1DH CLoA

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 419 -

30 1EH PHIA

31 1FH PLoA

32 20H ALP

33 21H FSb

34 22H CdIP

35 23H PdIP

36 24H PSc

37 25H CLn

38 26H FLJH

39 27H FLJL

40 28H EJH

41 29H EJL

42 2AH Mass accumulation value of zero position

43-85 2BH-55H

86 56H

◎Cable Diagram

RS485 communication cable

RS232 communication cable

Need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter

4.86 ZiGuang Ethernet

◎Network Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

ZiGuang Ethernet UNIS-600C Ethernet ZiGuang Ethernet Slave

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 420 -

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

ZiGuang Ethernet UNIS-600C Ethernet Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

1. Settings in the software as follows:

(1) System basic configuration: Set the controller number, IP address, and the PC IP address.

(2) Configuration of data tag: set the parameters according to the actual I/O card. The PLC register address

should be the same as the ID number of the data tag.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 421 -

（3）Update and get configuration: After finish the system basic configuration and data tag configuration,

choose the Update Configuration in the Tool menu or click the icon to update the configurations in

the controller. Choose the Get Configuration in the Tool menu or click the icon to get the

configuration in the controller.

Use this box to

choose the IO card

that needs to be

added or deleted.

Use these two buttons to

add or delete current

card.

Use these two buttons

to add or delete the

channels of added

card.

This box displays

data tag of added

This box displays

current card list.

Card type

Choose the slot(free) of

card that needs to be

adde

The controller only has 8 slots in

actual, the slot 8-15 is the

system simulation slots.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 422 -

（4）Click icon after updating controller configuration, then it will pop upWinEmu window, real-time

control of script debugging window and none-real time control of script debugging window.

WinEmu window monitors the internal data of controller, real-time control of script debugging window and

none-real time control of script debugging window provide environment for customer secondary

development.

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Bool_Read Bool_Read 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Read only

Bool_Write Bool_Write 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Write only

Float_Read ------

Float_Read 0-65535 DDDDD Read only

Int_Read ------ Int_Read 0-65535 DDDDD Read only

Float_Write ------ Float_Write 0-65535 DDDDD Write only

Int_Write ------ Int_Write 0-65535 DDDDD Write only

------ Time 0-2 D

NOTE: The name and address of registers in HMI must be same as register in Ziguang controller when

defining in HMI.

◎Cable Diagram

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.87 ZHIMEI CB920X

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 423 -

CB920X CB920X-10 RS485 on the CPU unit ZHIMEI CB920X

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

CB920X CB920X-10 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

HMI 设置

Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 1

RS485-2

PLC 设置

Please refer to the manual of controller.

◎Supported Device

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

------ FUNC1-FUNC42 DD

------ READ0 D

1. The controller station can set 1~99, don’t support station 0.

2. The FUNC parameter cannot be arbitrarily set, please refer to the controller manual. If the

settings in the HMI value is not in the allowed range, it will retain a valid value

3.FUNC registers, when in use, select "Hex data type".

4.Weighing register READ is read-only register, and only 0 address is effective. When in use,

select the text display component, 4 words.

4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 424 -

5.Suggest place the FUNC and READ registers in the different configuration window,

because the FUNC is the functional setting register, when in a functional setting condition,

the RS485 interface will always send instructions, and you cannot read the weight register.

◎Cable Diagram

RS485-2

MT5000/4000系列与控制器连接说明 HMI And PLC Connecting Guide

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation